Kickstart your Creativity with Procreate Vol. 2: 20 Fresh Drawings to Level Up Your Art

1. Introduction: Do you ever feel like you're just scratching the surface on what you can do on your iPad with Procreate? Maybe you have imagined digging deeper, creating custom brushes, designing repeating patterns, and unlocking advanced tools. Well, you're in the right place. This is Kickstart your creativity with Procreate Volume two, where your next creative chapter begins. Whether you want to grow your skills or rekindle your creativity, this course will guide you through creating art that you're excited about while fostering a creative habit that you can fit into your life. In this four week course, you'll complete 20 approachable mini tutorials, covering inspiring themes like weather, clothing, flowers, even people and characters. Each of the lessons is just 15 to 25 minutes. Perfect for fitting into your busy schedule while building your skills step by step. Work through them at your own pace and learn faster ways to color and smarter ways to sketch. Techniques for learning visual composition, hand lettering, and developing your artistic style by adding personal touches. Learn how to make the most out of Procreate's creative tools like blend modes, adjustments, color palettes, symmetry, even animation. And you'll also learn how to customize and create your own procreate brushes, opening up a whole world of creative possibilities. As a student, you'll get exclusive resources to help you along the way. First is the kickstart course Progress tracker to keep you motivated and visually celebrate your growth. The Progress tracker is a student favorite, and it's such a thrill to watch it fill up with artwork as you work your way through the lessons. You'll also get a curated collection of some of my premium Procreate brushes from Bardo brush to use in the lessons. Plus, you'll get texture overlays, inspiration sheets, and reference photos to learn new techniques. Kickstart two builds on the foundation of my most popular course, Kickstart your creativity with Procreate, which has helped tens of thousands of students build creative confidence and transform their approach to digital art. Volume two continues this journey with fresh themes and advanced techniques to expand your skills and keep your creative practice thriving. If you're new to kickstart your creativity, I recommend starting with volume one first. It's the perfect introduction, and it will set you up to dive into Volume two with confidence. Together, these two courses provide eight full weeks of guided lessons to help you establish your creative practice and master procreate. By the way, hi. I'm Lisa Bardot, an artist, teacher, and procreate expert passionate about helping people find joy in drawing on the iPad. I had the chance to connect with millions of artists through my YouTube channel courses and the premium Procreate brushes I design. I'm also the author of drawing digital a bestselling How to guide about drawing on the iPad. I lead art retreats abroad to help artists push their creative boundaries, and I run an ongoing drawing challenge, providing daily prompts and guidance to help artists conquer their creative fears and nurture their art practice. This course brings together years of experience helping artists grow, combining practical procreate skills with simple strategies that help you build a creative routine that sticks. Along with the drawing lessons, I'll also be providing tips to strengthen your creative practice like tapping into your creative flow, staying consistent, and making reflection a key part of the process. We'll take time to pause, look back on what we've created, and celebrate progress along the way. So, if you're ready to expand your skills, explore new techniques, and create art you're proud of, kickstart your creativity. Volume two is the perfect next step. Grab your iPad, open Procreate, and let's get started. I can't wait to see what you create. 2. Class Project: Your project for this course will be 20 mini illustrations. These will be broken up into four themed weeks and each week will have five lessons. I design these lessons to take about 15 to 25 minutes to complete so that you can fit them into your busy day. Now, you'll complete these lessons at your own pace, but I do recommend not letting more than a couple days go in between lessons in order to keep the momentum strong. Then on the flip side of that, as tempting as it might be to just jam through and do a whole bunch of lessons at once, I really recommend doing one lesson per day. Part of building a strong, sustainable creative practice is consistency. Showing up to support your creativity regularly is how you can keep your creative practice going even after the course is ended. And as you go through the course, experiment with when you do your drawing sessions. Try and find the time that works best for you. One more thing. At the end of each week, I've designed a special lesson that gives you the opportunity to add some personal touches to your illustrations. You'll explore things like finding color palettes that make your heart sing while drawing rainbows, adding meaningful symbols and designs as you decorate a denim jacket, or creating a custom digital bouquet of flowers for someone special. To wrap up the course, we'll finish with something truly personal, a self portrait. Another important part of supporting yourself in your creative journey is by sharing your work with a supportive community. So at the end of the week, I'll invite you to create a class project right here on Skill Share so you can start sharing your work. You'll be able to share your filled out progress tracker, some of your favorite artwork, things that you learned and other reflections. I am so excited to see what you create. In the next video we'll cover tools and resources, including all the fun digital goodies that I have for you as a student of this class. I'll see you in the next video. 3. Tools & Class Resources: In order to do this course, you are going to need an iPad and an Apple pencil, and you'll need to make sure that you have the Procreate app installed on your iPad. As a student of this class, I have a resource pack filled with digital goodies for you to use as you follow along in the lessons. In this video, I'll show you how to get the files, how to organize them, and how to import them into Procreate. Here on Skillshare, you can find the links to download your class files on the Projects and Resources tab of the SkillShare class page. Go ahead and download all the individual files and then I'll show you how to organize them. When you download resources for this class, you'll find them in the files app in the Downloads folder. I recommend keeping them all organized into a single folder, so you can go up to this little folder with a plus sign icon, tap that and name it Kickstart two Class Resources. Tap select in the upper right, and then we're going to select the Bardo Brush sample pack, the texture overlays, the progress tracker, the flower shapes, and the eye photo. And then you can just drag them into the resource folder that you just created. Tap done. Now, let's go ahead and open that folder and we can take a look in closer detail. Inside, you'll find the Barto Bush sample pack. These are the brushes we're going to be using for a lot of the lessons, and I will talk a little bit about that in a moment. We have a folder of texture overlays that we're going to be using for one of the lessons in week six. We have the progress tracker that you're going to fill up with your artwork, a flower shapes inspiration sheet that we're going to be using for week seven, and an eye photo that we're going to be using for Week eight. Let's talk a little bit about the brushes. Go ahead and open the Barto Bush sample pack. And the first thing you'll see is the user guide for the sample pack. Et's go ahead and open that up. I definitely recommend taking a look through this. It contains information about all the brushes. The sample pack contains eight of my favorite brushes from some of my Bardo brush sets. We have sketching pencil, which comes from my pencil box. We're going to be using this to do a lot of our sketching. We have the inker brush from my basic toolkit. This is my favorite all around brush for drawing basic shapes. We have the crumple texture brush, which comes from my watercolor wonder set, and I design that set to do realistic digital watercolor. It has this really nice texture. We'll be using that in a couple of our lessons. We have press fine, which comes from my texture maker set, and this is really nice to add a little bit of papery kind of print texture, which we will be using. We have toothy pastels from one of my favorite sets, the Artist pastel, lots of yummy texture in that brush. Gritty Tilt liner comes from my gouache pate box, and this is a fun liner brush with a lot of personality. The soft shading brush is one that I made to accompany certain projects in my book, drawing digital. This is a really great resource if you want to continue learning and especially working on your drawing skills, we cover a lot in this book, and it's a really great resource. And then we have the combed brush. From my fur and left set. I developed these brushes for my How to draw fur class, which you can take here on skill share. And then down below that, you can learn a little bit about me. So be sure to tap this brush set to import it into Procreate. Let me just open up an artwork, and you'll find it in your brush library, tap little brush icon, and it should be at the top of the list there. You can see all the brushes here. And the other thing you'll want to do is to tap the Progress Tracker file, and that will import it into Procreate. I'll teach you all about how to use this in the progress Tracker lesson of this course. In the next few videos, we're going to cover a few more things to get you set up for taking the lessons and kickstart your creativity. So head on over to the next video and let's get started. 4. Previously in Kickstart...: This course is the follow up to kickstart your creativity, Volume one, which you can take right here on skill share. Volume one is designed to give you the essential skills and foundation you'll need to get the most out of Volume two. In Volume one, you'll learn about Procreate's key tools, build confidence in your drawing, and establish your creative practice with fun approachable lessons. Volume two builds on everything that you've learned, adding more advanced techniques and exciting new challenges. To get the best experience out of this course, I recommend starting with Volume one. It's the perfect way to set yourself up for success and make Volume two a seamless next step. You'll notice that this course starts with Week five, drawing 21, and that's because it picks up right where Kickstart I left off. The next three videos are pulled straight from Kickstart one. So if you've taken that course recently, you can skip them or you can watch them if you need a refresher. These videos cover setting up the Canvas template that you'll use for all the lessons, a Procreate interface tour, and how to export your artwork. If you feel like you don't need a refresher, go ahead and skip to the lesson on Pro Tips for Appropriate. I'll see you there. 5. From Vol.1: Create a Canvas Template: In this video, I'm going to show you how to create a custom Canvas template in Procreate. For this class, all of the drawings are going to be done on a 3,000 by 3,000 square canvas. So we're going to create a template so that way we can just tap it and open it up and we're ready to go. When you open up Procreate, you're going to be in what's called the gallery view. This is where all of your Procreate artwork is going to be stored. You can organize your files, you can rename them. You can share them. There's a lot of things that you can do here. But for this video, we're focusing on how to create a new Canvas in Procreate. And more specifically, we'll be creating a Canvas template that you will be using for all the drawings in this class. So to create a new Canvas, we're going to go up to the little plus sign in the upper right corner, tap that. And there's some options here. These are all different Canvas template, so different sizes that you can work with when you're drawing in Procreate. And we're going to create our own custom Canvas template specifically for this class. So we're going to tap this little rectangle here with a plus sign. And that's where we can create a new Canvas template. You want to make sure that you are here where it says pixels. You want to make sure that the Canvas dimensions are set to pixels. And then the canvas size we're going to be using for this class is 3,000 by 3,000 pixels. So you just need to type in 3,000 under width and height. And once you've done that, we're going to give this template a name, so we'll tap right here where it says Untitled Canvas, and we'll call this one kickstart course. And once you've done that, you can go ahead and tap Create. That's going to pop you into the Procreate interface, which we will be learning about in the next lesson. But for now, we're going to tap right here where it says gallery, and that's going to bring us back to the gallery view. Every time you're ready to start a lesson in this class, you're going to go up to the plus sign here, and then in your list of templates, you're going to find the one called Kickstart Course, and you're just going to tap that and you'll have a Canvas that's the right size and ready to go. Up next, we're going to get to know the Procreate interface a little bit. If you have never used Procreate before, this is a good time to get familiar with some of the tools and options that there are in Procreate. 6. From Vol.1: Procreate Interface Tour: If you're brand new to Procreate or if you just need a refresher, you won't want to skip this video. I'm going to give you a tour of the Procreate interface, so you can get familiar with it and you'll be ready to follow along with the drawings without being confused about where the different things are. I'll show you the gallery view. I'll show you where the different tools are, how to choose brushes, how to adjust brush size and opacity and what some of the different menus it's just a really quick crash course in Procreate, but I think it's really going to help you as you work on your drawings in the further videos. And in those videos, of course, I will be walking you through step by step of everything that we're doing, and I won't just gloss over anything so that you can follow along no matter what. Is the Procreate interface. Over here on the right hand side, we have all of our painting tools. And I always like to start by introducing this little circle in the upper right. And this is how you select colors in Procreate. So you tap this little circle, and as long as you have disc selected here at the bottom, which is what I recommend using to choose colors in Procreate, you'll see a colorful ring with kind of a disc or circle in the middle. And this is how you choose your colors in Procreate. You choose a hue, so, you know, like red, yellow, green, and then you choose, you know, however light, dark or saturated you want that color to be. But let's just move the circle down here to black just to get started so we don't have to worry about colors from the get go. You can tap that circle again to close the color picker. Next up, we're going to go through these tools right here. So starting with this paint brush, this is, of course, the brushes. So you can tap on this brush icon and you can scroll through your library of brushes. Procreate comes with a lot of brushes built into it, and each one is organized into a set. So you can kind of tap through these different brushes and just put some brush strokes on your canvas. And just kind of see what they look like, see what they do, get a feel for what it feels like to actually put something down onto your canvas. Oftentimes, when you're drawing, sometimes that's the hardest part is just getting started and putting something down on the canvas. So I often find that just playing with the brushes and seeing what they do is a good way to just kind of get the ball rolling. So just spend a little bit of time just going through these brushes, seeing what they look like. Get familiar with some of the different textures and things like that. We are, of course, going to be using all of these, or at least some of these brushes to do our pieces. I've got some brush strokes on my canvas here. Now let's introduce you to the next tool, which is smudge, which is this little finger icon. And if you tap on this tool again, you can choose from any brush in your library to smudge with, and it just kind of drags the colors around your canvas. So that's what the smudge does. The next tool over here is the eraser. And just like with the brush and the smudge, you can choose any brush to be your eraser. And there's a lot of good things about being able to do that. You can match your kind of erase strokes to your brush strokes, so it looks seamless. I also love to use the eraser to actually draw some of my shapes, which we're going to get to do in this course. But that's a really highly useful tool right there. Between the brush and the eraser, those are the ones that I use the most. And then the next thing we've got is our layers, and we will get to know layers a lot in this course. Layers are one of the most powerful aspects of doing digital art. They allow you to separate out parts of your artwork from each other and you can manipulate them independently. Don't worry too much about it right now, but layers are awesome. We're going to get to know them a lot in this course. So make sure you tap back over to your brush. And the next thing I want to show you are these sliders. This is called the sidebar, and we've got these sliders. The top one is going to be your brush size. You can make your brush big or little. Let me choose a different brush here so we can see it a little bit better. So you can make your brush size big or you can make it small. And then the brush or the other slider here is our opacity. So I can turn the opacity down, and that just makes my strokes a little see through or a lot see through depending on how high you have that slider. Next, I'm going to show you a couple of Procreate gestures. Now, Procreate was built to be a platform that runs on touch. So gestures are a really important part of working in Procreate. And you'll get to know a lot of these gestures as we go through the course, but there's a few that I want you to know right off the bat. So the first ones are undo and redo. These are super useful. This is kind of the benefit of working in Procreate or digitally, for that matter, is that you can actually undo whatever you want. If you mess up, just undo it. Try again. And it's very freeing. You're not just like, Oh, no, I messed up on my paper, now it's ruined. You can just undo. Two fingers and tap. Every time you tap, it's just going to undo one step of what you had done previously. Or you can tap and hold and that will undo multiple. And then to redo, you take three fingers and you tap and you can redo what you had just done. And the last thing I want to show you in this lesson are some of the menus over on this side. So first of all, we've got our Actions menu, and there's a lot of different options here. Like again, we're going to get to know. But you can add things to your Canvas under the canvas. There's a lot of different options there. You don't get overwhelmed. Don't worry about that for now. There's the sharing options when you're ready to export your artwork and share with the world, which I'll show you in the next lesson. And then another fun one is the video, and you can actually watch a time lapse replay of your art. So if we tap that, I can see kind of like a replay of everything that I just did. And there's some preferences and things like that, but don't worry about that for now. The next menu here is the adjustments menu, and these are for making alterations to your artwork. We're going to get to know some of these. There's a lot of really fun adjustments and filters in Procreate that you're going to get to know. And then over here we have our selection tool, and this is for making selections. And then we have our Transform tool, which is for moving and manipulating things around the canvas. We're going to get to know those too. So we're not going to explore those too much right now. I hope you enjoyed this little crash course in Procreate. There are a lot of really amazing features that you can use in Procreate and things that you can do with it. And we're gonna get to know a lot of them, and you're going to have so much fun. I'm really, really excited for all the cool stuff that you're gonna learn when it comes to Procreate. 7. From Vol.1: How to Export your Artwork: In this video, I'm going to teach you how to export your artwork from Procreate so that you can share it on the web. You can add it to your class project. You can put it into your progress tracker or you could print it out and put it in your home. So once you finish your drawing and you're ready to share it, you're going to go up to the Actions menu, which is a little wrench right here, and then you're going to go right here with a share. And here in the top half of this menu, there's a few different options, and the best option for us to share artwork if we're just going to be sharing it on the web or something like that or printing it out is the PNG. Choose PNG and then you'll get some options for what you can do with it. You can save it to your camera roll. You can airdrop it to your phone. There's a lot of things that you can do, but that's where you're going to find the option to actually share your artwork. 8. Pro Tips for Setting Up Procreate - Settings to Know: Did you know that there's a few simple settings you can tweak to make using Procreate smoother, easier, and way more enjoyable? In this video, I'm going to share my favorite ways to customize the procreate preferences so that you can get the most out of it. We'll look at a few key settings that will make your workflow faster, improve how your brushes feel and help your tools work the way you want them to. Procreate gives you so many ways to customize it, and these little tweaks can really make a big difference. Let's dive in and set up Procreate like a Pro. Let's explore some of the Procreate preferences, tap into the Actions menu, and then go to Press. And here's where you can set up your preferences for Procreate. There are a lot of ways that you can customize and tailor your Procreate to work best for you. I'm going to be showing you just a few settings that you can do that will really enhance your experience using Procreate. So let's start up at the top here. The first toggle is light interface. If you tap that, your Procreate interface will become light. So this one is totally your preference, whether you do the light or the dark version. I'm not a big fan of the light version because a lot of my artwork is so light and bright. I kind of fades into the interface. So I like the dark version because it makes it stand out. Now I'm right handed, but if you're left handed, you might find that your hand gets in the way of using the brush size and opacity sliders over here. You can tap to turn on the right hand interface and that will put these sliders over on the right hand side to be out of your way. The next setting is dynamic brush scaling, and it should be on by default, but if it's not, I highly recommend turning it on. To show you what this does, I'm going to turn it off, and I'm using the monoline brush, which is a consistent line width, doesn't react to pressure. And I'm going to draw a line, and then I'm going to zoom in and draw another line. And I'm going to keep zooming in. And now I'll zoom out. So as you can see, every time you zoom in, the brush stroke gets a little bit smaller. So it can be really hard to estimate, you know, exactly what your brush size is going to be when you have that setting on. Plus, it can mess with some of the settings in custom procreate brushes, like the ones that I make that are in your sample pack. So I recommend going up to your preferences and keeping dynamic brush scaling on. The next setting is the brush cursor, and I always have this turned on. And then you can customize that even further with the advanced cursor setting. So go here, and I have it set to show while hovering, and then the brush outline style high contrast. So let me show you what this is. Now, I have an Apple Pencil Pro, and I have an iPad that supports hover. So when I hover over the screen, I see a preview of the shape of my brush. Like that. I find this helpful for estimating my brush strokes, and it's also really handy if you use stamp brushes. If you have an iPad that doesn't support Hover, I still recommend having it turned on, and you'll see a preview of the edge of your brush stroke when you draw like this. Next, we have pressure and smoothing. I'm going to talk about this a little bit more in a future lesson, but just know that you can adjust your apps sensitivity to your pressure by moving this curve up or down. And you can also turn on stabilization for the entire app, which is cool. So if your hand control is a little shaky, you can turn that stabilization on. And we'll come right back to gesture controls because there's a few things I like to do in there, but I want to show you the selection mask visibility. So I'm just going to turn on a selection here. So I have this sun selected, and if I turn up the selection mask visibility, it'll increase the visibility of these diagonal lines that show where it is not selected. Wherever the lines are is not selected. So you can kind of adjust that based on your preference. Finally, let's go into gesture controls. I recommend looking through all of these settings so that you can customize your procreate experience for your own preferences. But I'm going to show you a few key preferences that are really going to help you. First let's go to Layer Select. Layer select allows us to select a layer without having to go to the layers panel. So it's really handy. I have an Apple Pencil Pro with a squeeze feature, so I have that set to Apple Pencil squeeze and what that looks like. So if I were to hover over my artwork and squeeze, you can see that different layers are selected. So I can very quickly, if I wanted to get to this orange stripe layer, I could just hover and squeeze on that, and that will take me directly to that layer. If you don't have an Apple Pencil Pro, I would set it to this one, which is this little square is called the Modify button. I'll show you where to find it and touch. Modify button and touch, and I'll turn that on. So when you have that turned on, you're going to hold this little guy here. That's called the Modify button. You can program it for different things. So if I hold that down with a finger and then tap somewhere else with a finger, I can select a layer. So I can tap this layer. And if there's multiple layers that are on top of each other, you can choose which one you want. So I'll choose the cloud layer. And then you'll see that I'm popped over to the cloud layer. So it's a really easy way to switch between layers. Now, tap over to the general tab. And then here where it says enable painting with finger. I like to turn that off. That will mean that I can only paint using the Apple pencil. And this prevents making unwanted brush strokes from your hand or fingers brushing against the canvas. Like I mentioned, you can spend some time going through these settings and customizing them for you. But let's go ahead and tap done for now, and then we'll exit out of the Actions menu. Now, if you don't like where the sliders are on your screen, you can actually customize that. Just take the modify button, that little square and drag it out like that, and then you can move it up or down. So if you want to have them higher or lower, you can customize where that is. The next setting I'll show you applies if you have the second generation Apple pencil or the Apple Pencil Pro. If you have the Apple pencil with the silver band here, this doesn't apply to you. Now, there's a setting built into the Apple Pencil Pro that if you double tap on it, it will switch between the brush and Eraser tool, and I often find myself inadvertently going to the Eraser tool when I don't want to. So I'll show you where you can turn that off if you find that happening to you. We're actually going to go into the Settings app. So I'm going to open up the Settings app. And then find the setting for Apple Pencil, this one here. And we have an option for double tap. We tap into that. We can choose what we want that to do. By default, it's switched between current tool and eraser, but I like to just turn that off. So it's up to you whether you want to do that or not. Another setting I like to turn off is the scribble feature. I'll turn it off to show you what that is. So basically what happens is if you tap into a textbox, it doesn't pull up the keyboard, you're supposed to write something in, and I prefer to use the keyboard, so I turn that off as well. One more cool thing to show you about the Apple Pencil. Down here, we have some pencil gestures that you can program. If you swipe up from the bottom left corner, it takes a screenshot, so it'll take a screenshot, which is pretty cool if you ever want to take a picture of your screen to share. But let's head back to Procreate. So that's all the customization we're going to do from now. I hope these tips enhance your procreate experience. In the next video, I'm going to teach you how to use the progress tracker that comes with this class. I'll see you then. 9. Progress Tracker: One of the most motivating things about sticking with a creative practice is being able to track your progress. Seeing everything you've made and how far you've come is a powerful reminder of your growth as an artist. One of the most popular features of the first kickstart your creativity course was the Progress Tracker. I got so much overwhelmingly positive feedback about it. I knew I had to include it in volume two. There's something so thrilling about watching it fill up with your art as you go. In this video, I'll show you how the Progress Tracker works and how you can use it to keep inspired throughout the course. You can download the Progress tracker from the Project and resources tab of the Skill Share Class page. This is the kickstart two Progress Tracker. Here in the layers, we have the progress tracker graphic, which is just a frame with text on it. That's a locked layer, and all of your artwork is going to go here where it says, place artwork here. You just want to make sure everything that you paste in is below the progress tracker layer. So let me show you how you would paste in your artwork. There's a couple ways to do this, and I'm going to go over them both during the course, but I'll show you one of the ways now. Go up to the Actions menu and then go to AD and choose Copy Canvas. Go back to the gallery view, open up your progress tracker, then go to the Actions menu, add and choose paste. And then you're going to grab one of these corner nodes and shrink it down. You might want to zoom in so you can see what you're doing. And you want to resize it until it's about as big as this frame and a little bit sticks out over the opening. And that's it. So every time you finish a lesson, go ahead and paste it into your progress tracker. It's so motivating to watch it fill up with artwork and such a thrill when it's all complete at the end of the course. So be sure to utilize your progress tracker. I can't wait to see it all filled up. Now that we've covered that, it's time to start with our Week five lessons. Let's get to it. 10. Welcome to Week 5: Weather: Welcome to Week five, where we'll be kicking things off for Kickstart Volume two. We've got a full week of creative exploration centered around weather. Weather is such a universal subject. It's something we all experience and connect with in different ways. Because of this, it's easy to symbolize and depict creatively giving you so much room to express your unique ideas. It's instantly recognizable, but there's endless space to make it your own. We'll be drawing some weather essentials, starting with the bright warmth of the sun followed by a rainy day, then the symmetrical beauty of snowflakes, a whimsical face on the moon, and the colorful magic of a rainbow, which will be your opportunity to explore some of your own personal touches. This week we'll dive deeper into Procreate's essential features while continuing to build your skills. And I'm so excited because we're going to jump right into learning how to modify and create your own procreate brushes. As someone who's been making procreate brushes for over eight years, I'm really excited to share some of my knowledge with you and help you see how it can really change the way that you make you'll also learn how to speed up your workflow with quick coloring methods, the symmetry tool, exploring blend modes, and even making repeating patterns. We even get to explore drawing faces and facial shading. There's a lot to explore this week, and the lessons are packed with practical information to expand your creative tool kit. There's lots of room to experiment and make these projects your own, especially in the final lesson of this week when we draw rainbows together. You're going to get to explore colors and create color palettes that make your heart sing. Before we continue, I wanted to share this week's tip for building a strong creative practice, and this one is all about trying to get to that creative flow state. As we dive into this week's lessons, I want you to think about creating an environment and routine that makes drawing feel enjoyable and effortless. Experiment with your surroundings to find out what works best for you. This is about picking the spot where you want to create and setting the scene. So this could be a cozy spot on your couch, curled up with a nice blanket and your favorite playlist of music playing in the background. You can even add in tiny rituals like brewing a cup of tea, lighting a candle, or tiding up your workspace to signal to your brain that it's time to create. When you find your flow, sticking with your creative habit becomes so much easier and way more fun. Without further ado, let's jump into Week five and get started. 11. No.21 - Sun: Uh welcome to the first lesson of Kickstart Volume two, which just so happens to be our 21st drawing of the series. For this illustration, we're going to be drawing a 70s inspired scene with a shining sun, and we're going to be diving into some incredibly useful skills right off the bat. You're going to learn how to modify a Procreate brush to give it more character. You're going to learn a couple really awesome tricks for colorizing your artwork. You're going to learn how to save custom brush sizes, work with layers, use quickline and quick shape, and so much more. I'm so excited for you to dig into this first lesson. So without further ado, let's go ahead and get started. We'll begin this first drawing by creating a new canvas. Tap the plus sign in the upper right, and we're going to choose our kickstart course Canvas template. We're going to start by setting a color and then choosing a brush. So we'll start off by going to the color picker in the upper right corner. And the color I want you to choose is somewhere here in the kind of a reddish hue, and then we're going to find kind of like a reddish, brownish color. And this is what we're going to use to do the linework of our piece. Now I want you to go into the brush library, tap a little brush icon here. And in the built in brush sets, I want you to find the calligraphy set and then look for the monoline brush and go ahead and tap it so that it's selected. Now, Monoline brush is a brush that is a consistent width, no matter how heavy you press. So it's going to be great for the type of illustration we're going to do in this lesson. However, it is quite a smooth brush if you zoom in, and I'd like to give it a little bit more character and have it be kind of having a bumpy edge. So I'm going to teach you how to customize this brush to give it a little bit more character. My God, undo that with a two finger tap and head back into my brush library. And since we're going to be making some changes to this brush, we're going to go ahead and duplicate it. You're going to swipe to the right on it and choose duplicate. Now we have Md line one. Go ahead and tap that brush one more time, and that's going to take us into the brush studio. Now, there's a lot going on here, and I don't want you to get overwhelmed by it. I'm just going to have you change just a few settings to give this brush a little bit more character. So we're going to head over into the Shape tab. And as you can see, this brush's shape is just a pretty basic circle. Scroll down to the bottom of this panel until you find this little circle here. You're going to grab this top node, the little blue one, and just pull it down a little bit. This is going to make that circle a little bit squished. And then scroll back up and I want you to find the scatter slider under shape properties and turn that all the way up. That's going to take this squish circle and just randomize the angle that it is in this stroke that we have. That's all you have to do. We're going to just give this brush a new name and then we're going to use it. Go ahead and tap about this brush and tap up here where it says Monoline one. Go ahead and delete that one and we can just call this monoline Roth. Go ahead and type that in. Tap done, and then tap done up here. Let's try out our new brush. As you can see, it's got a nice rough edge to it, and I think that'll give this piece a little bit more character. All right, go ahead and undo until you have a blank canvas and let's start drawing. Now, let's start illustrating this piece. For my brush size, I'm going to set it in the slider here to about 60%. And then we're going to draw a little hillside, and that's going to be a curving line kind of like that. Down here, we're going to draw some bushy shapes. So I'm going to draw just some little kind of scallopy shapes like this for a bush there. And then I'm going to do another one here. I'm going to start it right on this line here, and this will be one of my bushy shapes. And then I'm going to draw one more in between the two. We're going to add some little flowers to these bushes, but I want to make the brush size a little bit smaller. So we're going to actually save this brush size so we can come back and do our sun and our clouds and everything like that. So if you want to save a brush size, you can tap this bar here and then tap the plus sign, and that will save the current brush size that you're using. So I can go ahead and make it a little bit smaller at 35%. I have a little bit smaller line. And I can save that as well. So just tap the little bar, tap the plus sign. And now I can go back and forth between these two sizes just by tapping this little line here on my slider. So let me undo that. And then I'll zoom down here and using that smaller size I have saved, just add a few little flowers to our bushes. So I'm just drawing a little circle and then kind of, like, little petals all the way around. Maybe I'll go over to this bush and add some flowers there. Very cute. I might even add some little mushrooms to this to get into the 60 70s vibe. So I'm going to draw two lines like this, and then a little circle that goes all the way around. And then a mushroom cap. You can even draw some little spots on it if you want. We'll do one more mushroom over here. So two little lines. A circle going all the way around and then the mushroom cap. Make this one a little bit bigger. Then add some little spots to it. Very very cute. Okay, let's switch back to our bigger brush size and draw some clouds up here. So we're just going to draw some bushy shapes. Well, I guess, these are cloud shapes, all the way across like that. Then we'll draw another one kind of diagonally like that. Then maybe one more. Like that. Now we're going to draw the main character of this piece which is going to be our sun. To do that, we're going to create a new layer. We're going to go up to our layers panel, which is these two squares, tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to use really cool feature called quick shape to draw the sun. Draw a circle and then when you get back to the beginning, don't lift your pencil off the screen. It's going to snap to an ovalis shape. As soon as you let go, you're going to tap up here where it probably says ellipse, top ellipse. And now we can tap circle, and that will snap to a perfect circle. We can change the size and position of the circle, so we can move it. Maybe I want it to be up here by my clouds behind the clouds. I can grab the edge of the line here and make it bigger or smaller. So I'll go ahead and just position that where I want it to be. And then once I'm happy with that, I can just tap anywhere to get out of that mode. And the reason why I put the sun on a separate layer is because now I can use my eraser tool to erase these lines that I don't need since the sun is behind the clouds. So what I want you to do is find the eraser tool and tap and hold it down, and that will select the same brush that we were using as our brush as our eraser, monoline rough. You can always tap into the eraser tool and just find whatever brush you want to use. But let's go ahead and use the monoline rough, and we can now erase this part of the sun, and it's not going to affect the clouds at all because it's on a separate layer. There's our little sun. And now we're going to draw some rays coming out of the sun. We're going to put those on a separate layer so we can do something similar. So tap up into your layers, tap the plus sine to create a new layer, and then we're going to go back to our brush tool. And we'll select that smaller size from our brush sizes. And we're going to use quick line to draw some lines coming out of our sun to make a rays. So kind of starting here in the middle of the sun, draw a line. And when you get past the hill, just hold your pencil down, and that's going to snap into a straight line that you can reposition. So you can go ahead and decide what angle this line is going to be at and then let go. And then we're going to start again from that kind of center point, draw a line, hold it down, and then position it where you want and let go. I'm going to do that again, drawing a line from the center, hold it down, position it and let go. And you're going to keep doing this to create all the rays of the sun. So I'm just going to keep drawing lines out from that center point. Until I've filled in all the area with rays. So this side looks pretty good. Now I'm going to go this way. Draw a line, hold it down, let it go. Draw a line, hold it down. Let it go and maybe one more. Draw a line. Hold it down and let it go. And you guessed it. Since we put these on their own layer, we can use the eraser tool and erase the lines we don't need. So let's tap the eraser tool, and I'm just going to erase all these lines that are inside of the sun. Going to erase those away. Then over here in the clouds, we don't need those lines that overlap the clouds, so we'll erase those. Then down here, the ones that go into the hillside, we can erase those. Just go ahead and erase all the lines you don't need. And it should look something like this. Now we're ready to add some color to this piece, and I'm going to show you a really cool feature so that lets you quickly color this in. Let's go up to our layers for this to work, we need all of our layers to be merged together into one layer. There's a couple ways that you can do that. You can tap the topmost layer and choose merge down, tap the topmost layer and choose merge down. Or you can use a really cool gesture. I'm going to undo that so I can show it to you. You can actually take two fingers and pinch the layers together and that will merge them into one layer. Okay. So once they're all merged together, we're going to tap this layer. And from the menu, we're going to choose reference. Reference is a really cool feature that lets you color drop into areas on your artwork but on a separate layer. So let's tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and I'm going to move this layer underneath my reference layer, tap, hold and drag it down. Now let's get some colors. I'm going to go to the color picker, and I'm going to pick kind of a yellowish green color for the hillside here. So I'm going to go ahead and pick a yellowish green. And then I'm going to drag and drop the color picker circle into this hillside area on my artwork. And you'll see that it just fills in that area, even though it is on a separate layer from our linework, which is pretty cool. So let's go ahead and do the bushes now. We're going to go into our colors, and I'm going to pick a color that's a little bit darker and also a little bit less warm. So I'm going to go kind of this way on the color ring. It looks pretty good. Now, we could keep dragging and dropping into all these sections, but that is really time consuming. So there's a really cool feature that speeds up the process. So when I drag and drop this circle in, we're going to look up here, and there's going to be something that says continue filling. So I'm going to drag this into this bush, and there it is continue filling. I'm going to tap that. It says Color drop at the top. And now I can just tap into these different areas and it will fill them with color. So it's really fast. And I can go ahead and select a different color and start filling other areas while I'm in this color drop mode. So I'm going to tap this color picker circle, and let's choose we'll do our sun. So I'm going to pick a nice bright yellow for the sun. And then I can just tap into the sun and I'll color that in. And then for the sunrays, I'm going to do kind of orange color, nice bright orange. And then I'm going to tap every other sunray like that. Forget that one there. Then for the other color, I'm going to do a pink. I'm going to go down here into the pinks, go a little bit lighter, like a pink like that. And then I can tap into every other Sunray including these ones back here. It's a really small space. You might want to zoom in, so it's easier for you to tap in like that. Okay. So we did all the sun. While we're using this pink color, let's zoom down here to our flowers and we can color those in with that same color and the mushrooms as well. You repeat colors in a piece, it helps it feel more cohesive. I think that's all the pink. Now I'm going to do the clouds and for the clouds, you could leave them white, but I want to do a nice creamy color. I'm going to go into the yellowy oranges and then choose a nice light creamy color like that. Then I can tap that into the clouds. Then I'll also use this for the mushrooms. I'm going to use it for the mushroom stems and the little spots. Tap into those spots. Make sure you zoom in for those really tiny areas. And then finally, I'm going to do one last color on my flowers and mushrooms, like a nice bright red. I'm going to go into red, choose a nice bright red color like that. And I'm going to use this for the underside of my mushrooms, as well as the flower centers. Just tap into there. Do. And then you're all done. You can tap this little check mark to get out of this color drop mode, and now this piece is all complete. Let's go ahead and put this piece into our progress tracker. So to do that, you can go up to the Actions menu, add and choose Copy Canvas. And then we'll open up our progress tracker. So I'm going to go back to the gallery view. I'm going to open up the progress tracker. I'm going to go up to the Actions menu, add and choose paste. And there's my piece. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. And then I'm just going to grab one of the corners and just resize it until it's the size of this little opening for the sun piece. Can be a little bit bigger and that's okay. And there's our first piece for the Progress tracker all filled in, so excited to keep filling in all these little spaces with you. In our next lesson, we're gonna be drawing some rain. And to do that, I am going to teach you how to create your own procreate brush from scratch. I'll see you in the next lesson. 12. No.22 - Rain: Welcome to drawing 22. Today we are going to be drawing a scene inspired by a rainy day. In this lesson, you're going to see how you don't need complex shapes to make an engaging illustration, and you're going to learn how to make your first procreate brush completely from scratch. This is a skill that is going to save you so much time and open up a ton of creative possibilities. Let's get started. Let's begin by opening up our Canvas template for this course. Tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. Alright, we're going to be drawing a little rain cloud. So let's start by setting our background color of this piece. Tap into the layers panel and tap background color. For the background, we're going to do kind of a grayish blue. So I'm going to move my hue into this blue area, and then I'm going to choose kind of a subdue blue. I don't want to go super bright. It's kind of a grayish blue, not too dark. Now let's go into our brushes. For this piece, we're going to be using the Bardo Brush sample pack. I'm going to tap into the sample pack brush set, and we're going to find the brush titled Inc. This one's from my basic tool kit. Go ahead and choose Ink and then we're going to choose white as our color. So we're going to tap over to our color picker, and we're going to double tap close to white. So white's over here. If you double tap close to it, it will snap to a pure white value. So go ahead and double tap close to white, and we can draw our cloud. Yeah, my brush size is about, let's do like 45%. And this cloud is going to be a really simple shape. We're just going to kind of draw sort of a flat bottom and then some brown shapes at the top to form the cloud. Make sure it's a closed shape like this, and then you can fill it with color drop. Just drag and drop right into it. Now we're going to draw a little figure with an umbrella. We'll do the umbrella first, tap over to your colors, and I'm going to do a nice bright red umbrella, not super saturated. I'm going to darken it just a little bit. So I'm going down this way. And you can always test out the color, see if you like it. And I'm going to draw sort of a half circle shape like that and fill that in with color drop. And then I'm going to us the eraser tool to draw the little kind of, like, scallop shapes on the umbrella. So we're going to tap and hold our eraser tool, and that'll choose the incor as our eraser. Right, eraser brush size is about 25, 30% to Zoom it a little bit. And then we're just going to erase away these little scallop shapes like this. So there should be a total of four, one, two, three, four. And now we're going to draw a little figure under our umbrella. So let's go up to our layers now. And we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to move this layer underneath our cloud umbrella layer. So just tap hold and dig it underneath. Then for this, I'm going to do a yellow, a primary color palette going on here with the red, yellow, and blue. Plus, I always think of a nice bright rain coat when I think of the rain. Go ahead and choose bright yellow. You always test out the color, see if you like it. For the figure, it's really simple. It's just going to be two lines that taper out like this. And then we're going to show one arm, and to do that, we're just going to draw a little curve line on one side like that. All right, so now we're going to make it actually look like someone's arm. We're going to do that with some detail linework. So we're going to go up to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to go to our colors, and I'm going to choose, like an almost black, not quite all the way black. And then I'm going to switch to a different brush now. From the sample pack, I'm going to choose this one called gritty Tilt liner. This is a really fun liner brush with lots of texture, has a lot of personality. All right. Let's do about 20% for our brush size, and I'm going to zoom in. To make the arm, we're just going to continue this curve that we drew and it should look something like that. Then we'll draw the end of the sleeve. And then the other side of the arm. Then we're going to draw a little hand to hold the umbrella. So for the hand, we're going to draw a line, a little wavy line on top, and then back down, but not all the way. And then from the sleeve, just draw a little kind of bump out, and that's going to be the thumb. Now we can draw the handle of the umbrella. We're going to draw an imaginary line down to the hand from the middle of the umbrella. We'll draw a line down like this into the hand right there, and then it's going to come out the other side, so I'll start right there and just draw little hook for the umbrella. Then at the top of the umbrella, we can imagine that line going all the way up and then draw the little poky part at the top of the umbrella. Now let's color our little hand white so it's not the same color as the jacket. We're going to tap into our layers, tap the layer with the yellow and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And then choose white as your color. Again, you can double tap close to white to select white. And then we're just going to loosely color in the hand area like that. Doesn't have to be perfect. In fact, I like it if there's a little white peeking through the edges. Let's add a couple details to the umbrella and then we can add some rain. Let's go up to our layers. We're going to tap the layer with the umbrella in the cloud. Tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And then I'm going to draw some lines on the umbrella, but I want them to stay within the shape of the umbrella. So I'm going to use a clipping mask to draw my line details for this. So to do that, you're going to tap this new layer and choose clipping mask from the menu. Now, you see this little arrow pointing down. Whatever I draw in this layer will only show up within the shapes of the layer right below it, so it's perfect. I'm going to go ahead and choose that kind of almost black color again. And then add these little lines kind of going down the umbrella like this. And you can see that I can draw past the edge of the umbrella, but it will only show up within the shape of the umbrella because of that clipping mask. Alright. We've got our cute little figure with his umbrella. We're missing something. We need to do some rain. So you might be dreading the thought of drawing 1 million raindrops on this piece. I definitely would. And this is where it comes in really handy to be able to make your own procreate brushes to speed up your art making workflow. So we're going to create a little raindrop brush to draw all of this rain. So let's head out back to the gallery view. And we're going to create a new canvas to draw the raindrop that's going to become our brush. So let's tap the plus sign. And when you're making a brush, you always want to use a square canvas. So we can just use our kickstart course template for this since it's a square. Let's go to our brushes, and we're going to choose that ink, the basic toolkit inkor. Then for the color, we want to choose a pure black. Just like we could double tap for white, we can double tap for black to choose a pure black. Now let's draw our raindrop. I'm going to draw a raindrop that's skinny and tall like this and then color it in. You color it in by hand or you can use color drop. And then I'm going to use my eraser tool to make the tip of my raindrop a little pointier. So I should already have the inkor as my eraser. If not, you can always tap and hold it to choose the same brush. And then I'm going to make my brush size a bit bigger. I'll make it all the way big to 100%. And then I can just erase away the tip of my raindrop a little bit. So it looks something like that. And you want your raindrop to be as centered as possible in your canvas. We've made our shape. Now let's make our brush. We need to copy the whole canvas. Let's go up to our actions menu, add and choose Copy Canvas. And now let's head into the brushes. So tap into your brush library. And here in the sample pack, go ahead and just tap this plus sign right here. And this is how you can create a new brush. So tap the plus sign, and we are ready to create our very first brush. Let's tap into the shape tab. So this is the default shape. It's just a circle. We're going to make it a raindrop. Tap edit, and then tap import right here. And we're going to choose paste. Since we copied our canvas, we can just paste it right in. So go ahead and choose paste. And we actually need it to be like a white shape on a black background. So you can actually invert this shape by taking two fingers and tapping on it. See, two finger tap. So we want it to be a white shape on a black background. And tap done. Okay. So this does not look like a raindrop yet. You can draw with it over here. Not quite what we want. Let's go up to where it says Stroke Path. So every brush is made up of a shape which you just saw. And essentially what happens is in the brush stroke, it's repeating that shape over and over again. It's stamping that shape over and over again. And you can have the shapes really close together to create a really solid brush stroke, or you can space them out, which is what we're going to do. So over here where it says spacing, we're going to increase that, and now you're starting to see the individual stamps of this brush, each of the raindrops. Let's do about 65% for this. And you can draw with it now, and you can see all the individual raindrops. Another cool feature in this stroke path is jitter. And if we turn jitter, that kind of sends them all flying in different directions, but it does add a little bit of variation to the raindrops position within the stroke. So you can turn that up to about 15 or 20% for that setting. If your little drawing pad over here gets full, you can tap up here what says drawing pad and choose clear drawing pad, and then you can draw again. That you can start to see how this is going to become raindrops. Couple more settings for this brush. We're going to go under dynamics. Dynamics is a really fun setting that I like to use a lot. Here under Jitter, if you change the size, that will change the size of each individual stamp of that brush, so you get a little bit of variation that way. Let's not turn it up too high. I'm going to do like 40% for that. So that way we have a little bit variation in the different raindrops. And then one last setting, we're going to go under Apple Pencil. You might notice if you draw very lightly with this brush, it's kind of transparent. You can see through it, and if you draw heavy, it's really opaque. And I don't really want that for this brush. I wanted them to all be opaque. So under Apple Pencil, we're going to take this opacity slider and just slide it all the way down. And now, no matter how hard or soft I press, they're always fully opaque. That's all the settings for this brush. But let's go ahead and give it a name. Go down here what it says about this brush and then tap into untitled brush, and you can delete that. And we can just call this one raindrop. And tap done. You can tap where it says made and type in your name. You can sign your brush, do a little signature there. You can even add a photo right here, so I'm going to tap there and go to my photos. I'll go to my selfies and I'll use this photo. Then the last thing I like to do on my brushes is give it a reset point. So if you tap where it says, create a new reset point that kind of locks in the settings, tap Save. And if I change any of the other settings, I can always reset it back to that point. Don't worry about that too much for now. Go ahead and tap done. Now you can test out your raindrop brush over here. Pretty fun. But let's go ahead and add it to our illustration. I'm going to undo all those let's go back to the gallery view. Tap gallery, and then open up our in illustration. Go into your layers, and we're going to create a new layer, and we're going to put this layer below all the other ones. Tap hold and drag it underneath all the layers. Now for the color, we're going to choose a blue that's a little bit brighter and test out the color. I like that. That's the color that I'm choosing for the rain. You can adjust your brush size. Mine is about 60%. I think that'll be a good size for this. And now we're just going to draw lines straight down from our rain cloud. And this is so much faster than if you were to try drawing all these raindrops yourself. So on the umbrella, I'm going to only draw them part of the way down because, you know, the umbrella is locking the rain from hitting our little person. So I'll draw that. And then I'll keep going all the way down like this. Okay. Wasn't that so much faster. Can you imagine if you had to draw all these little raindrops? So, this piece is great. I just want to add one little finishing touch to it, and that's a little bit of texture. So let's actually go to our eraser brush. Tap into your eraser, and you're going to find the brush called Press Fine. This has a really nice texture, and we're gonna actually erase a way to create the texture. So go ahead and choose press fine. And the brush size I'm at 30%. And very, very lightly, you're just going to kind of brush it over the raindrops and you'll see that erases away this nice kind of press almost papery kind of texture. And we're going to do that with all of our shapes. So let's go to our little yellow figure here. And again, very lightly, just kind of brush that over, you can start to see that texture peeking through. Let's do our umbrella and our ring Cloud. So we're going to tap up to the umbrella ring cloud layer and just erase away a little bit. Again, super, super light with your pressure. And then I'll do the same on the Cloud. There we go. So we have a little bit of texture coming through. And one more thing, let's go back to the gallery view because we're just going to organize this a little bit. We're going to stack our rain illustration and our raindrop together just to keep things organized. So let's tap Select. Tap your rain illustration and also tap the raindrop and then choose stack. And that'll keep those organized into a stack. It's kind of like a folder. Tap the X to get out of this selection mode, and then open the stack. And we can give these names, too, because I think it's important to give your artwork names. I'm not always the best at doing it, but it does help. So we're going to tap where it says untitled artwork, and we're going to call this one Rain. And then we can call this one raindrop shape. Done. You can also name a stack if you want. So right now it's just called stack so you can tap the name of the stack and type in RAN. So don't forget to name your pieces after you finish them. As you can see, I've named our sun piece, and then, of course, don't forget to paste it into your progress tracker. And that's our little Rain illustration. I hope you enjoyed learning how to create a procreate brush and seeing how it can really save time when you're drawing in Procreate. In our next lesson, things are going to get a little colder as we draw some snow and explore Procreate's symmetry tools. I'll see you in the next lesson. 13. No.23 - Snow: Welcome to drawing 23. It's Snow time. Today we are going to be drawing some symmetrical snowflakes. For this, I'm going to be teaching you how to use Procreate's drawing guide feature to create some rotational symmetry. This is going to make drawing snowflakes so easy and so much fun. You're also going to learn about the snapping feature, which we're going to use a lot in this course, and I have a little surprise for you at the end. Let's get started. Let's create our Canvas for this piece, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose our kickstart course Canvas template. So for this piece, we're going to create these four squares with snowflakes in them, and there's a really quick way to create the kind of quadrants using the Transform tool. But let's start by choosing color. Tap into your color picker circle, and we're going to choose kind of a foresty green. So I'm going to go over here into my greens and then choose kind of a little dark color, not too saturated, maybe about right there. And then we're going to use color drop to fill the whole canvas with that color. So just grab your color picker circle and drop it in. Then you're going to go to your transform tool, which is the arrow, tap that one, and then tap down here where it says snapping. And we're going to toggle on snapping. So just toggle that on, and I have my distance and velocity sliders all the way up. Snapping is a tool that will make your content snap into place as you're moving it around. So it'll center things or it will make things centered kind of in relation to other things on your canvas. But we're going to use it to create our squares. So let me show you how that's going to work. So we're going to grab one of the corner nodes, the little blue circles in the corner. And if you can't grab it, you can always zoom out a little bit like that. So grab that corner node, and then you're going to move it to the side until it snaps. And you'll know that it's snapped into, you know, perfectly like a quarter of the size if you see these yellow lines. If I let go, those lines will go away. If I bring it back out, you can see I see the yellow lines on the edge, meaning it's snapped to the edge. So those yellow lines are the important things so that you know it's like snapping perfectly. So go ahead and snap it. So it's a quarter of the size that it was before. So it's just in one quarter of the canvas. And then we're going to tap into our layers. So tap into your layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we're going to fill that one with the green again. So fill it all the way, and then go back to your transform tool, and now we're going to snap this one into the other corner. Grab the corner node up here and pop it will snap into position. So now we have two squares. I'm also going to set the background color of this piece. So this kind of white and green is a little bit too intense, so we're going to do a little green on green for the color palette of this. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap where it says background color. And then we're going to choose a green that's just, like, a little bit lighter. It doesn't have to be crazy different. So that's the color that I'm going to pick for the other two squares. Tap back into your layers and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to use this layer to draw our snowflakes. Now to do these snowflakes, we are going to use a really cool feature that Procreate has, which is its symmetry tool and we're going to use radial symmetry, which is really fun. You're going to go up to your actions menu. You're going to go to Canvas, and then you're going to turn on the drawing guide. The drawing guide is what gives us this symmetry feature. Turn on the drawing guide. It's going to be a grid, which is not exactly what we want. You're going to want to tap where it says edit drawing guide. Now we're going to tap down here in the tool bar where it says symmetry. Then you're going to tap options down below that. We have some different types of symmetry that we can use. For these snowflakes, we're going to use the radial symmetry. Go ahead and tap radial and you see we have it's divided in half this way and diagonally. I'm going to tap out of that. And if we were to draw in between these lines, it would be mirrored on the other side. You'll see this in a second. But what I actually want to do is I want to draw my snowflake inside one of these squares. So we're actually going to move these guidelines up and over like this. So just grab that yellow or that blue dot and move it up this way until it's centered within this square. And you'll kind of notice, you'll know it's centered because the lines kind of line up with the corners. It doesn't have to be perfect, but you can get as close as you can. So it should be right there and then tap, done. Okay. So now we're going to choose a different brush in a different color. So let's go to our brushes, and let's choose the gritty tilt liner for this. It's got some nice texture for these snowflakes. I think it'll look nice. So choose gritty tilt liner and then go over to your colors, and I'm going to choose kind of a creamy color for my snowflakes. So I'm going to go over into the yellowy oranges and then just get like kind of a creamy color like that. All right. So now let's zoom up over here into this square and just kind of draw and you can kind of see how this works. You can see how it's mirrored within each of these little sections. So it's perfect for doing little snowflake. So I'm going to undo all that. One thing I want to mention about this gritty tilt liner is the more upright you hold your pencil, kind of the more solid your strokes will be. And the more you tilt your pencil, the more textured it's going to be. So that's where the name gritty Tilt Liner comes from. So you can decide, like how textured do you want the brush stroke to be by changing your tilt. Okay, let's draw a snowflake. So we're going to start from the middle and draw a line out like this. We can also use quick shape. So if you hold your pencil down, you can use I'm sorry, quick line. You can use quick line to do that. So I'll try that one more time. Hold my pencil down. And then you can center it in the middle of these sections and then maybe we'll draw a little circle on the end like that. You can literally do whatever you want when it comes to these snowflakes and have a lot of fun and get really decorative with it. Maybe some little scallops there and some lines coming off like that. Feels very snowflaky Let's see. Maybe we'll color in the middle of this like that. We can draw another one like that. Maybe around this, we can do a little kind of loop or something. Just have fun kind of filling that in and exploring some different snowflake designs. But once you feel like you've got one of your snowflakes complete, we're going to move on to doing a snowflake in this quadrant over here. So we need to move our guides into that area. So let's go up to our Actions menu Canvas and go to Edit Drawing Guide. And now, just like before, we're just going to move those guidelines into the center of this square. And again, I'm trying to line up the lines with the corners, so that's how I know it's centered. Go ahead and tap done. A, let's draw another snowflake over here. So before I drew lines kind of in between these kind of, like, dark lines that make the different sections, but you could also just draw right on top of one of those like that. Maybe draw a little dot there. We can draw kind of a line coming out like that. Maybe another one kind of curving out. You can get so creative and have so much fun with this type of kind of snowflake design. Let's do, that's pretty. Maybe we can have some lines coming off of that that way. Maybe one more right there. I like that. That's really pretty. So there's another snowflake design right there. I'm going to zoom down to this one now. So let's move our drawing guide. So we're going to go again to the Actions menu, Edit Drawing Guide, and then move that. Whoops. Move that to our next quadrant. Line up the lines with the corners right there, tap done. And let's draw another snowflake. Sometimes it's fun to just kind of, like, draw lines and see what comes out, see what kind of designs you can make can cross over, like that. Draw one there, like that. Some lines coming out. Oh, that's pretty. That's a really pretty snowflake design. Help you're having fun with this. I think it's a lot of fun. All right, we're going to do one more in this quadrant. So let's go up to the Actions menu, edit drawing guide, and then move it over one final time. All right. Got it in the center, top done, and then I'll do one more. Draw a line coming out that way. Maybe make my brush size a little bigger. You can always experiment with how big you make the brush size. Make your snowflakes look more chunky. For this side, you can also do a thing that kind of swirls around and crosses back and forth, which is pretty cool. Do a little dot there. That's pretty. Yeah, just kind of however you want to make your snowflake look. Once you've done all four, you can actually turn off the drawing guide. If you don't want to see it anymore. You can go up to the Actions menu and just toggle off the drawing guide. I should note that it will continue to mirror when you draw. So if you want to turn that off, you can go up to the layers, and you see how it says assisted right here on this layer with all the snowflakes. You're going to tap that layer and just uncheck drawing assist, and now you can draw however you want. But I'm going to undo that. If you create a new layer, you can always turn on and off drawing assist by tapping it and turning it on, then it will work again. So that's how you can kind of control that. But would delete that one last thing I wanted to show you about this piece is you might not have realized this, but you just created a repeating pattern. Let me show you what I mean. I have this tool on my website for testing repeating pattern, so let me show you how this looks. So follow along with me now. So we're going to drag up from the bottom to pull up our dock, find your browser, Safari chrome or whatever, tap hold and drag it over to the side, like that. And then I like to resize it by grabbing this little handle in the middle, so it's about that big. And now we're going to go to the URL, and it's going to be bardobrush.com slash repeat. So go ahead and go to bardobrush.com slash repeat. And this is my repeating pattern tester. So first of all, we need to copy the entire canvas. So we've been going up to the menu so far to do that, but there is another way. You can take three fingers and swipe down, and you can choose copy all and then you can do three fingers again, swipe down and choose paste. You can also do it from the menu, of course. And you can see this has created kind of a flattened version of all of our layers, including the background. And if you want to test it out as a pattern, you can drag it and drop it onto this window. And there you can see your beautiful pattern. I think it's so pretty and such a fun, quick, easy way to create a repeating pattern. We're going to talk more about repeating patterns in some other lessons, but I wanted to show this to you because I think it's really satisfying to see. So go ahead and be sure to put this one into your progress tracker. And in the next lesson, we are going to be looking into the night sky and drawing a moon, learning about how to draw a face, including a little bit of facial shading, and it's gonna be a lot of fun. I'll see you in the next lesson. 14. No.24 - Moon: Welcome to drawing 24 of Kickstart your creativity. Today, we're drawing something that maybe you don't think of as weather, but it's definitely up in the sky, and that is the moon. I am really excited about this lesson because we are going to be drawing a face on our moon, and I'm going to be showing you how to use Procreate symmetry tool to make the whole process so much smoother. I'm also going to be showing you how to apply some simple facial shading to give your face depth and dimension. Let's get into it. Let's create a canvas for this piece. Tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. We'll begin by setting our background color. Tap into your layers panel and tap background color. And we're going to choose a nice deep, dark, kind of bluish purple color for the sky. So you can be down over here for your hue and then a nice kind of deep dark color like that. Now, let's head over into our brushes. And for this piece, we're going to be using a couple brushes. One of them is going to be the sketching pencil. So go ahead and choose sketching pencil from the sample pack. And then for the color, we're going to choose kind of a creamy color for the moon. So you're going to be here kind of in the orangy yellows and just choose, like, a nice kind of creamy moon color like that. My brush size right now is about 30%. And we're going to draw a nice round, perfect circle. And to do that, we're going to use the quick shape feature. Now I'm going to draw a circle. And sometimes when I'm using quick shape, I go over the lines another time. Okay. So another way that you can make a perfect circle once you've kind of entered this quick shape mode is to put another finger on the screen, and that will snap to a perfect circle like that. And then when I let go, I'm going to tap up here where it's a circle, and then I can kind of adjust the size, get it into position a little bit. So I'm going to do it about that big, and then I'm going to fill it with color drop. I'm going to drag and drop into the circle. Now, one thing that you might notice, since this is a textured brush, when you use color drop, it doesn't fill it in completely and you get this edge there. Let me tell you how you can overcome that by adjusting your color drop threshold. I'm going to undo that. When you drag in your color, hold your pencil down on the screen and you'll see this bar across the top, move over to the right as far as you can, and that will start to fill in those gaps a little bit. If it doesn't completely get across, you can always undo and try again and just go over as far as you can until it completely spills out everywhere and then go back a little bit, like that. And that should take care of it. There's still a little bit of texture because it is a textured brush, but that works. Okay. So we're going to be using the symmetry mode to draw the face of our moon. So we want to make sure that our moon is perfectly centered on the canvas. So we're going to use that snapping tool that we used when we did the snowflakes. So let's go up to our Transform tool, go to snapping, and then make sure it's turned on. And now if we move this around, when we have the yellow cross hairs in the middle, you'll know that it's perfectly centered on your canvas. So go ahead and center that. And now we're going to create a new layer so we can draw our face. We're going to tap into our layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we're going to turn on the symmetry feature. So go up to the Actions menu, little wrench, go to Canvas and turn on the drawing guide, and then we're going to go to Edit Drawing Guide. We're going to turn on symmetry and we don't need to do any other settings because we're going to use this mirrored symmetry for the face. Go ahead and tap done. Then for the color, we're going to start with our eyes. Let's just choose a pure white. For the eyes, I'm going to double tap close to white to choose a pure white value. I'm going to keep using the sketching pencil. And again, my brush size is about 30%. So when we have the symmetry mode on, you can see that it mirrors whatever we draw on the other side. This is going to be perfect for drawing some eyes and other facial features. So for the eyes, I'm going to start by drawing a line like that. That's the width of the eye, then I'm going to use that line to kind of draw a sort of almond shape and then color it in. Next, we'll draw some pupils for our eyes, but we're going to do that on a separate layer. Tap into the layers menu and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer. Just like I mentioned in the last lesson, you have to make sure to turn on the drawing assist on any new layers you want to use with the symmetry mode. On this new layer, we're going to tap it and we are going to choose drawing assist from the menu, and now we can do the mirroring the symmetry. Now I'm going to choose an almost black for my color. And this is what I'm going to use to draw the pupils of these eyes. So I'm going to use the quick shape feature again for this. So I'm going to draw a circle, keep my pencil on the screen, and then tap up here where it says Ellipse, and then tap circle. Now I can resize these eyes to make them whatever size I want them to be. But what I'm trying to do is to make them in the middle of the eyes. I don't want them to be too close because then it'll look cross eyed and if they're way out here, that just looks weird. Just try and center them in the middle of the eye and then a little bit poking up like that. Then you can color it in. Then so that the pupil of the eye doesn't stick out over the eye shape, we're going to use a clipping mask. Go up to your layers. We're going to tap this layer with the pupils and choose clipping mask. Now you can see that these pupils are only within the eye shape. I actually want the moon to be looking off to the side, we're going to use the transform tool to make it look off to the side. Tap into your transform tool and you might want to turn off snapping. Go down here, it says snapping and turn it off. Otherwise, they'll snap and we want it to freely move. Then you can move your eyes off to the side a little bit, so your moon is kind of looking off like that. Okay. Now, let's create a new layer, and we'll start to add some of the facial features. Go to your layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then tap this layer. And, of course, we want to turn on drawing assist because we still want to be mirroring here and doing symmetry. And now we're going to draw kind of an eyeliner over our moon, sort of like that. Now we're going to draw an eyebrow into kind of a noseline. So I'm going to start here. I'm going to come down like that. And then for the bottom of the nose, that's going to be sort of a round shape like that, and then another round shape at the bottom. And then we'll draw the mouth. So the mouth is going to be a little U sort of shape like that, and then it's going to go up with the smile. The upper lip is another little U shape right there, and then connect down to the mouth the bottom of the mouth starting here and connecting in the middle. And then I like to draw a little tear drop at the end of this line to represent the corners of the mouth. Then one last little line that I want to add is a line for the eyelid fold. I'm not going to use the black. We're going to use a darker color, a darker version of the moon color. We're going to sample the moon color with a finger like this and then go up to your color picker and we're going to choose a color that's darker and more saturated. We're going this way in the color disc. So I'll get a darker color, try it out. I think that color looks pretty good. I'm going to use that to draw a line that's going to represent the eyelid. So something like that. Now that we've drawn our facial features, we're going to add a little bit of facial shading to this moon. Go up to your layers, and I want you to tap the layer with the circle, the one with the moon circle and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to put our shading on this layer. It's going to be a clipping mask so it'll only appear within the circle shape. Tap this new layer and choose clipping mask from the menu. And now we already have kind of a darker color selected, a color that's darker than the kind of base color of the moon. So I think this color might be a good one to use for the shading. But you want to choose a color that's darker and more saturated than your kind of moon color. We're gonna also switch brushes now. So go to your brushes, and we're going to choose the soft shading brush. So go ahead and choose soft shading. And then we'll start with, I don't know, about 25% for the brush size. We'll see if that's not too big. Maybe a little smaller, 15%. I'm going to start by shading under the eyebrows. That's going to be oh, you know what I forgot to do is turn on drawing assist. That way, the shading is on both sides. Let's go let me undo that. We'll go up to our layers on this new layer, this new clipping mask that we made, we're going to tap it, and we're going to choose drawing assist. That way we have the symmetry on Okay, take two. Well, let's add a little bit of shading. I'm just very lightly shading here right under the brow above the eyelid. So that's going to be the first place we'll add a little bit of shading. And we're going to kind of carry that down alongside the nose a little bit. Again, I'm using really light pressure. If I were to use heavy pressure, it would look like that, but I'm using really light pressure. And then we're going to add a little shading on this side of the eyelid. So I'm just going to shade that in a little bit. You can already see it's starting to make our eyelids look like they have dimension. Let's go down here to the nose. There's always a little bit of shadow underneath the nose. I'm just going to add a little bit of shadow there. And then this kind of if you feel on your face, there's a little divot between your nose and your mouth that's called the filtrm. I'm going to make the brush size a little smaller, maybe like 6% and add a little bit of shading there. It's always a dark area right there. And then maybe a little bigger with my brush size. And right under the lip above the chin, there would be a little bit of shading there. So I kind of do like a little curved shape right there. So our face is starting to come to life with a little bit of dimension. I'm going to make the brush size bigger now. 25%, maybe a little bigger than that, 40%. And we're going to add a little shading to the side of the face or moon the moon face, as well as kind of like under where the chin would be just a little bit. So I want to get rid of a little bit of the shading right here. So if you wanted to do that, you can always sample, the base color, which is this moon color and then just kind of paint over it a little bit. I think that looks good. And kind of the darkest part when you're shading a face is, like, right under the brow, so you could even get an even darker color than you were using. So maybe I'll just sample the dark color I was using and then go even darker and add a little bit of shading there. And now this line it's getting a little lost. So what we could do is we could go to this layer with the kind of facial features. Turn on Alpha lock, and that'll lock those shapes. So swipe to the right with two fingers or you can tap it and choose Alpha lock. And then you can just paint right in that area, maybe get a little smaller and darken it, maybe go a little bit darker, so it still appears dark. Looks good. Then the other thing I want to do is add some rosy cheeks to my moon. Let's go back to the layer with the facial shading. I'm going to sample the background color and then I'm going to move down into the red so that I can get a nice pinky color like that. So if a really light pink selected, and make the brush eyes a bit bigger and just add a little rosy cheek to your moon. One more place that you can add a little bit of shading is to the lip. The upper lip is always a bit darker than the lower lip because it's facing down. So let's sample one of these dark colors we used for the shading. Make our brush eyes a bit smaller, like eight or 9%, then kind of shade in the top of the lip. Here you go. We don't need to go crazy with the shading. I just wanted to show you a few places that you can add shading to a face or a moon in this case, just to add a bit of dimension. Now let's make it look even more like a moon by adding a few craters. Let's go up to our layers. We are going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to make this layer a clipping mask, tap this new layer and choose clipping mask. When you have clipping masks that are stacked on top of each other like this, they will always be clipped that base to this shape. Both of these layers will be clipped to this circle shape. We're also going to turn on a blend mode for this layer because we have all these tones now that we've added all this shading and so I want to make sure that the circles we draw will always look dark. We're going to tap the N right here on this new layer. Then here in the list, these are our blend modes, which we explored a lot in the first kick start your creativity course. But let's go ahead and scroll up until we get to the multiply blend mode. Then for the brush, let's go to our sketching pencil again. I think the color we have is probably too dark. I'm just going to sample the moon color and see how that looks. I might go a little less saturated, a little more closer to gray. See how the differences. This one's more saturated. This one's a little less. So you kind of experiment with color. But let's draw some circles. And these are kind of representative of craters on our moon. So just go ahead and add a few circles here and there on your moon. You can see we do not have the symmetry turned on for this because we want them to look varied and, you know, sporadic. So don't turn on symmetry for this layer. Do a couple more. Here's my moon. If your craters are looking a little too dark, you can always reduce the opacity of that layer and they'll look a little bit lighter. You could tap this now it says, tap that M, and then on this opacity slider, you can turn it down. If you want them to be a little bit more subtle, you could turn the opacity down. All right. We need to do one last thing to make this look like it's in the night sky, which is to add some stars. Let's tap the plus sign to create a new layer and we can put this layer above all the other ones. Tap, hold and drag it to the top. And then choose, like, a very bright, kind of yellow, almost white color for your stars. And then just draw some little kind of sparkly stars. And I like to do little kind of six pointed stars. You can do little kind of cross hair stars like that. I love putting stars in my work, but it totally makes sense for this piece because we're in the sky. It's the moon. And I like to do lots of different sizes. So we have some big, some small, some are those other style. Zoom out to see how everything's looking. Alright. A few more stars, and then I think this moon is all done. So don't forget to add this one to your progress tracker. I hope you enjoyed drawing this moon face. For our next lesson, we are going to be experimenting with color, and you'll be exploring what some of your favorite colors are, creating a color palette and using that to create your own rainbow repeating pattern. I'll see you in the next lesson. 15. No.25 - Rainbow: Welcome to the final lesson of Week five. This is drawing 25, and today we are drawing a rainbow. And not just a rainbow, we are creating an entire repeating pattern out of our rainbow. That's not the best part. I'm really excited about this lesson because we are going to be exploring colors and color mixing digitally. We're going to be combining colors and exploring different color palettes. And what I really want you to get out of this lesson is to explore the colors that make your heart sing. I want you to play around with the different color combos that just feel good to you. A part of developing your artistic style is figuring out what tools, colors, subjects that you just gravitate to that you would just choose naturally. Those are the kind of things that make up your unique artistic style. So I hope you have a lot of fun exploring colors and making patterns for this lesson. Let's get started. Let's create a new canvas to explore some colors for this lesson. Right top the plus sign in the upper right, and you can choose your kickstart course Canvas template. Before we draw anything, we're going to do a little color exploration using a blend mode to kind of mix colors digitally. It's pretty fun. I'm excited to show you. Let's go up to our brushes, and we can just choose the inkor from the Bardo Bush sample packs, so go ahead and choos the ink or brush. And then go over to your colors. Now, we are going to be mixing the primary colors. And I'm sure when you were in school, you learned that the primary colors were red, yellow, and blue, and those don't exactly work super well when you're mixing colors digitally. Let me show you what I mean. So let's start by choosing yellow. One of the primary colors. So go ahead and choose yellow, and then we're going to draw a circle up here like that, and just fill that in with color drop. And then you're going to go up to your layers, and you're going to create a new layer. And we're going to choose another color. Let's go and choose the red that we imagine when we were in school, when we were taught how to mix colors. So kind of like this deep red. And then we're going to draw a circle kind of overlapping part of it over to the side like that, and then fill that with color drop. Now we can use blend modes to make our colors kind of transparent and mix in Procreate or digital art. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap on little N on the red layer, and we are going to choose the multiply blend mode. So scroll all the way up until you get to the top and choose multiply. Now, it might not look like anything is really happening here, and it has to do with the way that the red and the yellow interact. I'll show you more in a minute, but let's add our other primary color, which is our blue. So let's tap the plus sign to create one more layer. We're going to set this layer's blend mode to multiply, as well. So tap the N and choose multiply from the list. And then we're going to choose that blue we were taught is the primary color in school. Probably something like that, right? And now I'll draw one more circle kind of overlapping both circles to create sort of a Vn diagram. You're already starting to see how the colors are mixing together or not really mixing together very well. Now, if we really want to do some color mixing digitally, we don't want to use this red and this blue. Yellow is great, but we want to use yellow, cyan and magenta. So let's do that, and I'll show you what that looks like. Head up to your color picker, and we're going to choose a blue that's more over here. This is a cyan color. It's a really bright blue. Really saturated. We'll start with a really saturated color. And you can just drag and drop that into your blue circle, and you can see how we're starting to get another color where these two overlap. Red still not doing very much for us, is it? Let's change that one too. Go ahead and tap to your layer with the red circle, and magenta is more of a pink color. So probably somewhere over here. And now let's drop that onto the red. Now we're getting somewhere. Now we have some color mixing. You can mix magenta and yellow to create red. You can mix magenta and cyan to create blue, and then of course, yellow and can a green color. And so when we're kind of exploring colors in this way, mixing colors, we want to think about having a color that's a little close to pink, a little close to cyan, and then of course, some kind of yellowish color and then we'll get all the primaries in there. We started with these three and we created an entire kind of rainbow color palette. Here's what I mean. I'm going to create one more layer. I'm going to tap the plus sign and create a new layer above the other ones. I'm going to start with the red. I'm going to sample the red here, draw a little swatch, sample the yellow, sample the green, the cyan, the blue, and the magenta. And then we even have this kind of really dark color where they all combine. And so now we have an entire, like, spectrum of a color palette with lots of different colors, like the whole rainbow just about. And what we can do is we can kind of play around with the different primary colors that we have to create some other fun color palettes. Let me show you what I mean. We're going to go up to our layers, and we're going to group all these together. So I'm going to have you swipe to the right on each of those and tap group. Then we're going to go up to our Actions menu, Canvas, and we're going to turn on page assist. That's going to create a little toolbar at the bottom, and you can see our group has a little thumbnail there. Tap the thumbnail and choose duplicate. Now we have a second copy of it. And if you go to your layers, you can see that we've basically just duplicated the group. But this pages feature lets you go back and forth between the group, and we'll hide this group and just show this group. Let me show you what I mean. So tap over to the second thumbnail here, which would be this group. And let's choose this yellow color. I'm going to sample that. And then I'm going to choose, I don't know, maybe a little orange, maybe less saturated. And then I'm going to drop that. You can see how it affects the other two colors. Let's go to the magenta, which is really intense. So maybe we do, like, a much lighter pink like that. And then we have some softer colors happening. And we can even change up this kind of cyan. We can go a little warmer, a little cooler, little lighter, a little less saturated. And we're starting to get some other exciting kind of color combinations. So let's go to this layer that has our little swatches. You can tap it and choose clear. And now let's sample these colors. So I'm going to start with this red, let's go to the yellow. And green. It's blue. Then now we've kind of got a purple color and then the pink. And then, of course, where they all combine this kind of brownish color. So it's a much different color palette. We can tap back over here to the first version. It's really saturated. And you can see the differences that we get when we change these primaries, these other colors that we get. So you can really experiment with color this way and find color palettes that kind of speak to you. I'm going to tap this and choose duplicate and we'll just do one more. So up here we have our third kind of page, our third group. And let's play around with this blue. Sample the blue and then kind of choose maybe something a little bit brighter, more intense like that. And then let's do something for the pink. Sample that. Maybe go lighter. Try lighter color. And then for the yellow, maybe orangier. That's pretty. So I'll go to that one with the swatches. I can tap it and choose clear. And then I can I can draw swatches of those colors. Now we're starting to have kind of an orange in our palette. So it's a fun way to explore colors. And since our drawing project for this lesson is going to be a rainbow, this really gives you all the rainbow, at least most of the rainbow colors to play around with. So I encourage you to keep playing around and experimenting with these colors. Once you find one you like, we're going to save those colors into a color palette, and we're going to use them for our rainbow pattern illustration that we're going to do. So I actually kind of like this, like, pastel one that we did before. I might just make this yellow, like, a little bit brighter for me. Yeah, I like that. So if you wanted to save these colors, you could go over to your color picker, go down where it says palettes and tap the plus sign to create a new palette. And then choose Create New palette, and you'll have this untitled palette and you can tap back over to the disc view. And then you can sample the colors from here on your canvas and then just tap and you can save them. I'm just going to tap them all in and save them. Now let's go back to the gallery view and we are going to draw our rainbow. I'm going to tap the plest to create a new canvas and choose the kickstart course Canvas template. I'm going to start my rainbow off with the pink color. I'm going to choose that pink color and we're going to draw this a big arch. It's going to take up as much of the canvas as possible. Something like that doesn't have to be perfect. But if you do want to fix it a little bit and refine the shape, I really like the liquefy tool for that. You can go up to the adjustments menu, which is the little magic wand and go to liquefied and then go to the push tool, keep your size pretty big. I'm at 75% and you can push it into place. If you want to make your arch a little more perfect. I like to use that feature. So do that if you'd like. Always adjust the size of your brush to adjust here. Then we're going to draw the bottom of the arch as well. So that's going to be something like that, and then you can fill it with color drop. And then we're going to add all the other colors inside of this kind of rainbow arch. So go up to your layers and tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to use clipping masks to put the colors inside this arch shape. So tap this new layer and choose clipping mask. And then we're going to choose our next color. So I'm going to choose this kind of, like, reddish color, and this is going to be the next stripe. So I'm just going to kind of leave as much pink as I want to show and draw the next kind of stripe like that. Then I can just fill in this area with color drop in the middle and it will fill everything in. Again, if you wanted to use liquefy, you could nudge things into position. I like to keep the brush size really big when I'm nudging a big shape like that. And then we're going to add our next color. So you can see we have that shape inside the arch shape because of the clipping mask. Tap to plus side to create a new layer, and it will be a clipping mask as well. So choose clipping mask from the menu. And then you can choose your next color. To choose this yellow, and then I'll draw my next kind of stripe like that and fill it in. And I'll kind of nudge it into place with liquefy There we go. I do want it to look a little wonky. It gives them more personality. Okay, next color, we're going to tap the plus sign in our layers and then tap the new layer and choose clipping mask. And then I'm going to choose this green fill that in. You can also use your transform tool to move things around. I just need to scoot that over a little bit, and I think it works. And trying to decide if I want to add the blue or not. Let me try it. I'm going to add one more layer, tap it, make it a clipping mask, and then I'll choose that blue for my palette. You don't have to use every color that you made when you were experimenting with colors. I kind of like just these few colors, actually. So I'm going to stick with just these. I'm not going to do the purple or the brown for this Okay. Once you've created your rainbow with whatever colors you ended up choosing, we're going to use this to create this really cool rainbow pattern. For this to work, we need to merge all of our layers together. So go up to your layers, and instead of just merging it together, I would love to have the option to experiment with the colors later on. So I want to retain all of my separated layers in case I just want to play with the colors a little bit. So here's what we're going to do so we can non destructively flatten all of our layers together while still keeping the other ones. We're going to select all these layers by swiping to the right. And then we're going to choose group. And then we are going to duplicate this group. So we're going to swipe to the left on the layer or sorry, we're going to swipe to the left on the group and choose duplicate. So now we have two groups. On this top group, we're going to tap where it says New group and choose flatten. And that flattens all of those layers into one layer. And this other group, we're just going to close it with this little carat icon, and then we're going to turn it off. So we don't need to look at it anymore. We're just going to turn off. It's just there if we need it, and we have our flattened rainbow. Alrighty. So one cool thing to know is that you can create a pattern out of anything by cutting it into four pieces and then rearranging them. Let me show you what I mean. Here I have this shape on this piece of paper, and if I cut it into quarters and I move the ones on the left to the right, and the ones from the top to the bottom, you can see that the top and bottom line up with each other and the left and right line up with each other, and this is essentially a repeating pattern. That's exactly what we're going to be doing with our rainbow. Let's go up to our layers and we're going to duplicate our rainbow. We're going to duplicate it twice. We're going to duplicate it twice. We're going to swipe to the left and choose duplicate and then swipe to the left again and choose duplicate. Now, we're going to use that snapping feature to move this a quarter of the way over, right into the corner, basically. Let's go up to our Transform tool, go to snapping and turn on snapping distance and velocity slider should be all the way up. And now we're going to move this into the corner like this. And you'll know that it's set up right if you see the yellow lines like this. Then you'll know it's snapped perfectly into a quarter of itself, basically. Just like when we cut that paper in half and we had a quarter of it, that's what we're doing now. And let's take this next layer, and we'll move it into the corner. So we're going to select that. Go to our transform tool, move it into the corner until we see those two yellow lines. Very important that you have the two yellow lines or won't line up perfectly. Okay. And now we're going to move them into two corners. So we need to duplicate this middle one again. So we're going to again swipe to the left and choose duplicate, swipe to the left, and choose duplicate. Let's choose the very bottom one of the five that are there now, and we're going to move it into the top corner. Here we go. Make sure that you have the yellow lines. You see them right there. Let go. And then we'll move this one into the corner. Here we go. Okay. Now we've got basically this middle rainbow cut into four and sent to the corners, and now we have essentially made a repeating pattern. Now if we want to test this out and see if it's a true repeating pattern, there's a couple ways that we can do it, one of the ways you've already seen, but we first need to merge it into one layer. One way that we can do that is go up to the Actions menu, ad, and choose Copy Canvas and then paste. And that will create a flattened version of all of our layers, including the background right there. We have already met my repeating pattern tester. Let's try it out with this. I'm going to drag up from the bottom, find safari, drag it over to the side, and then scoot it over. Still have my snowflake pattern up there. Now I just drag this flattened layer. And check out my pattern. Super fun. Kind of looks like scales or something. Now, one thing I can see that I don't like is how the rainbow kind of sticks out behind. I can zoom in so you can see that. So it sticks out behind there. So I can see it right here, that I need to get rid of. So I'm going to delete this pasted layer just swipe to the left and choose delete. And then I'm going to find the layer right here. It's this one. And then I'll just grab an eraser brush. I'll use the inkor as my eraser and then just erase that. Now, if I do that same thing again, I'll go to the Actions menu, copy Canvas, paste. There's my flattened layer. I like to put it on the top. I'll drag it in there. And that's all better. I have this super fun rainbow repeating pattern. And what I think is fun about this is you can really experiment with the colors and create a whole bunch of different kinds of the same type of pattern, but just with different colors. You can even add a background color if you want, like if I turn this layer off. I can go to background color and kind of experiment with other colors in the background. That blue looks kind of cool. And then, again, I can copy canvas, paste. And then I can try that one out as well. So that's pretty fun. Another way that you can test out your pattern, I'm going to delete this blue one and turn this white one back on. Another way that you can test out your pattern without this pattern tester is once you have a flattened version of it, you can duplicate this four times until you have four copies. So duplicate, swipe to the left duplicate. So now I have four. And as long as you have snapping turned on, you can grab the corner, just like with our snowflake, resize it till it's a quarter of its size, and just do that with all of these. And you can check out your pattern right there in Procreate. And there's my rainbow pattern. So go ahead and try that, and this is what I want you to paste into your progress tracker. So we'll go up to our Actions menu, copy Canvas, go to the progress tracker and paste that in Actions menu, paste. So I'm going to you might have to turn off snapping to get it to go to the right spot, so I'm going to turn off snapping. That makes a little bit easier to move around. Zoom in. And then you have the repeated pattern right there in your progress Tracker. And just like that, we are all done with Week five of Kickstart your creativity. Congratulations on completing all five illustrations for weather Week. In the next video, we're going to wrap up our week by doing a little bit of reflection on our first week of Kickstart Creativity volume two. And I'll let you know what's coming up for Week six. I'll see you the next video. 16. Week 5 - Reflect & Share: Congratulations on finishing all the lessons for our week on weather. I hope you had a lot of fun creating this week's illustrations. We definitely covered a lot of skills over this week. So don't be worried if you don't remember everything. We're going to be repeating a lot of these skills throughout the entirety of the course. What's important right now is that you take some time to appreciate yourself for all the hard work that you've put in so far. Now I want you to take some time to do a little bit of reflection on the week. This can be something that you do in your head or if you like journaling, you can jot down some answers. But I have a couple of questions for you to ask yourself. First question, how might the skills that you practice this week, such as modifying and creating procreate brushes, using the symmetry tool, and creating repeating patterns enhance your work? And then I want you to think about our tip for building a creative habit this week, which was getting into your creative flow. How did your creative environment impact your practice this week? Were there any changes that helped you find your flow? So be sure to take a few minutes to reflect on these questions and your progress overall for this week. And when you're finished, it's time to share your work. Now it's time to create your class project. Head to the Projects and Resources tab of the Skill Share Class page and tap submit project. Upload a cover image, which should be your filled out progress tracker for this week. Give your project a title, and then in the description field, I want you to upload one or more of your favorite pieces that you've made so far. And don't forget to add a little bit about why that was your favorite piece. And if you'd like to share some of your reflections, you can add those to your project, as well. I hope you had fun doing our weather drawings this week, and you're excited to do some more because in the next video, I'm going to tell you about what's coming up for Week six. 17. What's Coming in Week 6: I'm so excited to let you know what's coming up for Week six of Kickstart your creativity. The theme for the second week of Kickstart Volume two is going to be clothing. I have five really fun and exciting lessons planned that are based on some of our most important wardrobe essentials. Along the way, we're going to revisit skills from Week five, using them in new ways and introducing a whole ton of new skills as well. We're going to be making more procreate brushes. We're going to be looking at interesting ways to use them. We're going to be experimenting more with digital color mixing and learning how to do a really cool screen print effect. You're going to learn how to draw fabric that folds and ruffles, and I have a really fun project for the end of the week where you'll get to customize and decorate your own denim jacket. Congratulations again on completing this week's illustrations and showing up for your own creativity. I will see you in the next lessons, and until then, stay creative. 18. Welcome to Week 6: Clothing: Hi. Welcome to Week six. This week we're focusing on clothing as our theme. Clothing has so many opportunities to play with textures, color, and movement while exploring a wide variety of techniques. Learning to draw clothing is such an important skill for an illustrator. Not only can you draw standalone illustrations of clothing, but you can also use these skills to draw clothing for your people illustrations and characters. This week, we'll be drawing some wardrobe essentials, including a colorful hat illustration, a super cute Western boot, a casual t shirt, something a little more formal. And even a personalized denim jacket. In these lessons, you explore a mix of fun and practical skills like creating custom procreate brushes, exploring digital color mixing, learning about drawing construction and adding texture and personal touches to your work. You'll also learn how to draw flowing fabric, design more repeating patterns, and even have a little fun with animation. It's going to be a fun week. Before we dig into the lessons, I want to share this week's tip for building your creative habit. And this week, I want to focus on something really important, and that is consistency. Building a creative habit isn't about how much time you spend. It's about showing up regularly, even when life gets busy. Here's the key consistency over intensity. On those busy days where you don't have that much time, remind yourself that even 5 minutes of drawing is better than nothing. And it doesn't have to be a masterpiece. You can doodle, you can experiment with a brush or just sketch something simple. Every little effort adds up and strengthens your habit over time. Another thing that will help you with consistency is to regularly revisit your why. Why did you start taking this course? Why did you decide that it was important to spend time being creative? Was it to relax, get better at drawing or to just rediscover the joy in creating? When things get tough, remembering your reason can help you stay motivated to keep going. Remember, consistency does not mean perfect. It's about showing up in whatever way you can and letting those little moments add up into something big. So let's show up together this week and create something amazing. Let's dig into this week's lessons. 19. No.26 - Hat: Welcome to drawing number 26 of kickstart your creativity. The first lesson of our clothing week. Today we are going to be drawing a hat, and I have a really fun lesson for you. We're going to be exploring and experimenting with digital color mixing like we did in the rainbow lesson, but learning how to apply that to a full illustration. Welcome to drawing number six, the first lesson of our clothing Week. Today, we are going to be drawing a hat, and I have a really fun lesson for you. We're going to be exploring and experimenting with digital color mixing like we did in the rainbow lesson, but learning how to apply that to a full illustration, and we'll do this by creating a screen print style illustration with a color overlay effect. You're going to be able to create an entire illustration using just three colors. Along the way, you're going to work on your sketching skills and learn how basic shapes can create something more. You're going to learn how to use the noise filter adjustment to make a really cool print effect. You'll learn how to use color adjustments to create a completely different color way for your illustration, and we'll touch briefly on color harmonies and how they can look when applied to your work. Let's get started. Let's begin our first drawing of Week two by creating a new Canvas. Tap the plus sign in the upper right, and we're going to choose our kickstart course Canvas teplet. We'll begin this piece with a sketch. So let's head into our brush library. And here in the sample pack, we're going to choose the sketching pencil. And then for our colors, we're just going to choose a dark gray. So we're drawing a hat today, but we're going to draw a hat on a head. So let's start by drawing the head. We'll start by drawing a circle, kind of like that. Our head is going to be sort of in three quarter view, meaning it's, like, turned to the side a little bit. So to draw a head in three quarter view, we start with our circle. And then starting at the top, we have a line that kind of curves down and around to the side and then goes down past the circle a little bit. And then from the bottom of that line, we kind of go up and over and then connect back to our circle. This is going to form our draw. So let's do this side now same way, but we're going to go over a little bit further and then connect back up to the circle like that. Then about right here, we're going to draw the neck and shoulder and then the other side of the neck as well. So there's our little head. Now we'll draw the hat. I'm going to start by drawing where the bottom of the hat as it sits on the head would be. I'll just draw a line for that. Then continuing from that line, we're going to draw a big wide brim. I'm going to resize this just a little bit so I have room for a big brim. I'm going to go up to my transform tool and just resize it just a little bit, so I make sure I have plenty of room. Now continuing from this line, we're going to go and draw a big oval. And then it's going to come down around below the chin, about right there, and then you're going to pretend it keeps going here, and then we're going to connect back up to the top. You can even start here on the hat as it sits on the head and connect it like that. And our hat is going to kind of dip down over the eyes. So we're gonna draw a line that starts about right here, kind of dips down, and then connects back up to the top of this oval. So that should look something like this, starting here, kind of dipping down, and then connect back. Like that. You can draw the top of the hat now. And maybe there's a hat band across the middle, something like that. Then we're going to add a little nose kind of peeking out right there. So just a little bit. I'll zoom in so you can see that. Just a little nose kind of peeking out right where this line is. And then a mouth as well. So the mouth is going to come down and then go back up. So something like that. And then I'm also going to give a little kind of fluff of curly hair, kind of peeking out from under the hat, so just a little bushy shape. And then add a curve line at the bottom of the shoulders. Okay, we're all done with the sketch. Go ahead and re position this to the center of your canvas. If it's kind of off center like mine, you can use a transform tool and just center that. You can resize it if you want to be a little bit bigger. And now we're ready to move on to color. So let's go to our layers, and we're going to reduce the opacity of our sketch layer, tap the little N, and then just reduce the opacity. So it's just barely visible about ten or 15%. And then you're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer and move your layer down below your sketch. Head over to your brushes, and we're going to choose incor from the sample pack. So go ahead and choose the ink. And now let's talk about color. So we're going to be calling back to our last lesson that we did with the rainbow, where we use the multiply blend modes to color mix and create new colors. This whole illustration is going to be done with just three colors, but we're going to use those three colors to create a few other colors. So if we remember from the rainbow lesson, our primary colors we're going to be working with are yellow cyan and magenta. So those are three primaries that we'll start with. So let's go up to our colors, and let's start with yellow. So I'm going to choose a nice bright yellow. And we're going to actually be drawing this sort of in the negative. So for this piece, we're going to have a yellow background, and we're actually going to trace all the way around the outside of our entire sketch to create the background. So we're going to just trace around our sketch like this. Just kind of trace around the entire outside of the sketch. Essentially, we're just creating the negative space. Once you've done the entire outline around your sketch, you're going to fill in the outside area with yellow. So we're going to drag and drop the color picker circle into the outside area to fill that with color. Now we're going to add our next primary color, which is going to be a magenta, where we can use a pink color. So let's go up to our layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And in order for the color mixing to work, of course, we need to set our blend mode of this layer to multiply. So we're going to tap the little N, and we're going to find multiply in this list of blend modes. And then we can choose our pink color. I don't want anything that's like crazy, bright like that. So I'm going to go much, much lighter and maybe even a little bit closer to red. So I have this nice light pink color. Maybe I'll go a little bit lighter than that. Yes, I like that. So, of course, we can color in parts of this illustration in this pink color. But also, whenever we overlap the pink with the yellow, it's going to create an orange color, like, right here. So we also have orange to work with, which is pretty cool. So I think the pink would be nice for the skin. So I'm going to go ahead and color that part in, and I'm going to color just that part. So I'm going to go over the chin, come down here. And it's okay if there's a little overlap in what I draw, like if it overlaps the yellow or if there's a little bit of white peeking through. I think that kind of adds to the effect. Go around the hair here. Okay. So once I have completely colored in that shape, I can fill that with color drop. Now, as we mentioned, because these two colors overlap to create orange, I also have that color to work with. So I can think about if I want any parts of this illustration to be orange, which I think the hair might be nice for that. So I'm actually going to color that over in pink as well fill that in. And then I can go back to my layer with the yellow. I'll sample the yellow from the canvas and then draw over the hair, and those two colors will mix together to create the orange. And we'll fill that with color drop. Now, let's add in our next primary, which is going to be a bluish kind of cyan color. And I think for that color, I'm going to use that to do the hat. So we're going to create one more layer, so I'm going to tap my top layer with the pink and then tap the plus sign, and I'll set the layers blend mode to multiply. So I'll tap little N and choose multiply. And now we're going to choose our final primary color, which is going to be a cyan, but I'm going to choose something a little more subdued, not crazy bright. That colors good. I have this color blue to work with. If I overlap it with the yellow, now I have a green that I could use somewhere, and if I overlap it with the pink, now I have this purply color to work with as well. Let me undo that. I'm going to trace the outline of the hat. I'm gonna go all the way around. I'm gonna go around the face. And then I can fill that with color drop. So now I have a blue hat. And I want the underside of the hat would naturally be darker than the top of the hat because it's in shadow. And so I'm going to use green for that because if we remember, if we overlap with yellow, now we have a green to work with. So I think that will look nice as the underside of the hat. So let's go back to our layers, and we're just basically going to be either adding or subtracting from these three layers for all the colors that we want to add to this piece. It's a really fun way to make art. I really enjoy this. So we're going to tap over to our yellow layer, and then I'll sample the yellow. And since we want to make green, we're just going to trace over the underside of the hat like this. Then I can fill that in. I love the way that looks. Okay. Then I'll fill that in. And now we have the underside of the hat. Now, we're going to add the lines that are going to be all around the hat. We could do them in green, or we could do them in that purply color, which we haven't really used anywhere in the illustration yet, and that's by combining the pink and the blue. Let's go to the layer with the pink. We'll sample the pink color, and now we have this purplish color that we can use to do these lines. I'm going to start by drawing the hat band just kind of like a thick band like that in the pink, which will become purple because it's overlapping with the blue. And then we can add some lines kind of going across like that. And then also on the top of the hat, so we can kind of draw lines that kind of scoop down like this. And then we can use the same color to do some lines on the inside of the hat as well. So these lines are going to kind of fall the edge that way, then continue over here like that. And they're going to be kind of these concentric ovals. There we go. So now let's draw the lips and the nose. Since the face is pink, let's use the blue layer to draw these, and then we'll have those features be kind of purply color. So tap over to the blue layer and then select blue from on your canvas. And we're going to just use that to draw a little nose and a mouth. And then we can also use that to draw a little line under the chin to show that there's a chin. And we can even use this color to add a shirt to our figure. So I'll have this kind of like purply shirt color. Fill that in. And we don't need our sketch anymore, so I'm going to go ahead and turn that off. Go up to your layers and uncheck the sketch layer. Now, there's one more color that we have not been using yet, and that is white. If you don't use any color, of course, the background is going to be white, and we can use that to add some highlights to this piece. So let's make sure we're on a layer with the blue, the hat, and we're going to add some highlights to the hat by just erasing away some of the blue. So go ahead and choose your eraser brush and make sure you have the inkor selected as your eraser. And we're just going to erase kind of a little curved portion of the top of the hat. Just erase that away. Now we have this nice little highlight on one side of the hat. And we're going to add a little highlight to the brim of the hat as well. Start over right under the kind of hat band, start right here, go backwards, and then kind of curve it around like this and erase away that part of the blue. Then we have these beautiful highlights. This kind of pink color shows through, and it's really pretty. So to finish this one up, I'm going to show you how to add some texture that's going to make this have more of a print like effect. And we're going to do that using the noise filter. So let's start with the blue layer. I'm going to tap up to the blue layer. And then we're going to go to the adjustments menu, which is a little wand, and we're going to choose noise. If you slide your pencil to the right, you'll notice that your area of color for that layer is going to fill up with this kind of grainy effect. And then there's some adjustments down here at the bottom. I'm going to turn the scale up to about 30%. And we're going to tap over two billows, which just has kind of a different texture. And then this is really intense the texture that we've added. So we're actually going to slide back down so that we can make it look a little bit more subtle. So I'm going to slide all the way back until up here, it reads about 7% or so. And you can kind of play around with the scale of it, but we're trying to achieve a sort of ink on paper look. And I think that looks good at 8%. So I'm going to leave that, and we're going to do the same thing to the other two colors in our illustration. So go up to your layers, choose the layer with the pink, and then go to the adjustments menu noise. We're going to slide across the screen until we get to about seven or 8%. We're going to tap over to Billows and then scale around 30%. So you can see the texture now on that pink layer as well. And we'll do it to the yellow layer next. So we're going to tap down to the yellow layer in the layers panel, go over to our adjustments menu, choose noise, slide over to about seven or 8%, tap belows, and then turn the scale up to about 30%. I think that has a really nice printed effect. You can always play around and experiment with the different, you know, scale or octaves and see if you like the effects that you get when you kind of play around with that. But I think that looks really good. So there's our finish hat illustration with a three color print effect. Now, this piece is really bright and colorful, and if these colors are not exactly to your taste, I'm going to show you how you can experiment with it to create something that maybe like a little bit better. So let's exit out to the gallery view, top gallery. And we'll just give this piece a name. So I'm going to tap on the name, and we'll call it hat, tap done. And then we're going to duplicate this so we have another copy of it to kind of experiment with. So you're going to swipe to the left on this piece in the gallery view and then tap duplicate. And now we have two copies, and just go ahead and open up one of those copies. And in your layers, let's start with the blue layer at the top. We can start to play around with these colors a little bit. Let's start with the blue layer, and then you can go up to the adjustments menu, hue saturation brightness. This part's really fun. On the hue slider, you can slide it back and forth to play around with that color. You'll see as you change it, it totally changes the piece because the colors are interacting with each other. So if there's a color that you like a little bit better, you can try that. You can also play around with the saturation slider. You can make it more or less saturated. So it's like totally up to you, brightness. You can play around with that as well. And let me go to my layers, and I'll choose layer with the pink. Now I've kind of made my blue layer pink, so let's change up the pink layer a little bit. Then we go up to the adjustments menu, hue saturation brightness, and then play around with that color. Maybe I'll do more of like a peachy color, a little more saturated. And then I'll play around with the yellow layer as well. So I'm going to tap down to the yellow layer. Go to Adjustments venue, hue saturation brightness, and then play around with that as well. I kind of like it more of this kind of peachy orange. So now, instead of having kind of like a palette that is all the colors of the rainbow, now all the colors are really close to each other on the color wheel. We have, like, you know, red and pink and purple. So that's more of an analogous color palette, meaning they're all, like, right next to each other on the color wheel. If we look at our color disc, you can see those colors are all right next to each other. So we're going to create a piece that feels a little bit more harmonious by choosing colors that are close to each other on the color wheel versus, like, opposite to each other. So feel free to duplicate this again and keep experimenting with colors until you create palettes that are pleasing to you. I think it's a really important part of your creative process to find the colors that you love that you want to use in your artwork. Hope you had fun doing this one. Don't forget to add it to your progress tracker. In our next lesson, we're going to be drawing a cowboy boot that is super cute, and you're going to be learning how to create another procreate brush. I'll see you in the next lesson. 20. No.27 - Boot: And welcome to drawing number 27. In today's lesson, we're going to be drawing a super cute Western style boot. A lot of this lesson focuses on drawing construction, which is how you can start with really simple shapes and then add or subtract to them to draw something more complex. We're going to do this both in the sketching phase and in the coloring phase. You're also going to learn how to add texture to your work, how to draw with the selection tool. And then finally, we're going to wrap things up by creating another custom procreate brush. So excited to get started. Let's begin our boot illustration by creating a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose your kickstart course Canvas template. Piece off with a really simple sketch. So let's head into our brush library and choose the sketching pencil from the sample pack. And then for my color, we're just going to choose dark gray. So a boot can be a very simple shape. This is kind of the most, like, cartoon version of a boot super simple. And what we're going to be drawing today is going to start very similar to this. But then we're going to add some more complex, like, shapes and curves to it to make it actually look more like a Western style boot. So let me undo that. Zoom out just a little bit. So our boot is the shaft of the boot is kind of like a tapered shape. So we're going to start by drawing some lines that kind of taper in together, and I'm going to go all the way from the top to the bottom, and then I'll do another one over here. So you see how they kind of taper in like that. And then I'm going to draw a line to kind of indicate the bottom of the boot, like that. And then I'm going to think about where the foot would go. So this part of the boot, the front of it, I'm going to draw a line to kind of indicate where the boot ends. And then I'm going to connect back up to what would be like the shaft of the boot. So now we have a shape that's pretty similar to that, you know, cartoon boot that I drew for you earlier. So we're starting there. We're going to add our curves to make it a little bit more complex to be more in the style of, like, a western boot. So let's start with the top of the boot. We're going to draw a curve like that. And then we're going to have a little bit of a heel on our boot. So I'm going to draw kind of a line to indicate where the top of the heel would be, and then a line down, and that would be our little heel for the boot. And then we're going to go diagonally down until it touches the ground. And then the toe of boots and shoes as well, they also kind of scoop back up. They're not completely flat, so we're going to draw a line that goes back up. And now our toe part's going to kind of curve around like this. Go back and then curve back up until it touches the shaft of the boot. So it should look something like this. So now we have a boot shape that's a little more like a Western style boot. So we're going to use this basic structure, and we're going to start coloring from this. So let's go ahead and jump into color. We're gonna go up to our layers, and I want you to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to move this layer underneath our sketch so drag it underneath. And then we're going to reduce the opacity of the sketch. Tap the little N here and then just go down until you're at about ten or 15%. And then we're also going to set our background color right now. I'm going to tap background color, and I'm going to do a yellowish green. I'll be right here in the hue and then be a little more yellow. Color like that. Then I'm going to go over to our brushes, and let's choose the ink from basic toolkit. And then finally, we'll choose a boot color. So go over to your colors, and I'm going to do a brown boot. So brown is basically like a dark orange, so I'm going to choose orange and then choose kind of like a camel brown color. Kind of test that out. Be a little darker. I think that looks good. And now we're ready to start drawing our boot. I'm going to zoom out a little bit, and we'll start by drawing this line here. You can use Quick line if you want. Just hold your pencil down and a little snap, and then you can line that up perfectly. We'll do the same thing on this side of the boot. Like that. And then I can fill that with color drop because it goes all the way up and down. And then I'm going to draw where the bottom of the boot is going to be. Again, I can use Quickline that. Then I'm going to trace the curve that I drew all the way down like that and fill that in with color drop. And now we're just going to add and subtract, kind of like we did for the sketch. So I'm going to tap and hold the eraser tool so I can choose the Inker brush as my eraser. And now I'm just going to erase away the bottom of the boot like that. Then I'm going to erase away this part as well. I didn't forget about the heel. I'm going to come back to that and put it on a different layer. And then I'm also going to add a little bit of curvature to this side of the boot. So I'm going to add a little bit of a curve here, which would be like the back of the foot, like the heel. So add a little curve there, like that. And then of course, we need to erase the top part. I'll show you a fun way to erase really quickly a part of your illustration. You can actually grab your selection tool, and as long as you're in free hand mode, you can just kind of draw a selection around what you want to delete. Go to your Transform tool, and then just, like, drag it off this canvas, and it will go away. I will disappear. Okay. Now, let's start adding a fun little two tone effect, which will give this boot a little bit more style. So let's go up to our layers. We're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and this layer is going to be a clipping mask. So we're going to tap this layer and choose clipping mask from the menu. And then just choose a color that's a little bit darker and more saturated. I think that looks good. Maybe I'll go a little bit darker. That looks good. And now we're going to draw a shape that kind of starts right here, kind of curves down, scoops over, and then goes back up like that. And then we're just going to create a fully enclosed shape. I'm just going to kind of trace around the edge of the boot, and then I can fill that with color drop. So now we have the bottom of the boob. And then for the top of the boot, we're going to do kind of a fun design. So we're going to kind of draw a shape that follows the curve we already drew and then color that in. And then we're going to draw this fun design. So we're going to start and make a curve that goes here. Just kind of watch real quick. Kind of curves around and then comes back in like that. And then we're going to make a little kind of pointed curve on both sides. That. And then sort of a leaf shape here. We'll do that on both sides. So we're kind of making this symmetrical design. And then over here, we're just going to kind of make it curve down and go to the side. So it should look something like that. And then I would love to see really pointed shapes on these. So I'm going to use my eraser tool and just kind of come in here and erase part of it away like that. Now I have nice pointed shapes. I'll do the same for this kind of leafy shape. I got. Okay. All right. So now let's do the heel of the boot. We're going to create a new layer. We're going to go up to our layers, tap the plus sign. We're not going to do a clipping mask on this one. We're just going to leave it as it is. Grab a color that's a little bit darker. That looks good. And we're going to draw the heel. So for the heel, we're going to kind of trace the curve we have here but kind of extend it a little longer than we need it because then we can kind of erase that away. My brush size right now is at 14%. So if your heel is looking really thick like this, just move your brush size down to, like, 14%. And then we're going to kind of just use full heavy pressure and trace that curve like that, and then you'll get a consistent line width. And then you can use your eraser to just erase away what you don't need. There we go. Then we can also do the heel in the same way. So just draw a line down a little bit bigger than you need it to be. Fill it with color drop, grab your eraser and erase. When you do this method, you get nice pointy corners, too. That's another reason I really like it. We're also going to add a little tab here, the one that you kind of grab to put the boots on. So I'm going to go back to my brush, and I'm going to draw just like a rectangle like that. And then I'm also going to make it kind of pointed at the bottom. And then I'll use my eraser tool to refine that shape and make it nice little point there like that, and then erase part of the top just to make that nice sharp corners. Alright, our boot is looking good. Let's add a fun design to this part of the boot. You could really do whatever design you want in this boot, and you can maybe look some boots up online to get some ideas. But I'm going to do some stars there. So we're going to go ahead and select the layer that has, like, the main boot shape. Tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And since this layer is between a clipping mask, you see it's in between this and this, it'll become a clipping mask automatically, which is exactly what I need here. So go ahead and create that new layer, and then I'm going to select this brown color that we've already used here. And I'm going to draw a line kind of straight down the middle of the boot like that. You can also use quick line if you want it to be nice and straight. Just kind of put it where you want. You can tap line up here and you can really get in there and make it where you want it to go. And then we're actually going to not draw the stars. We're going to use a selection tool to draw the stars because drawing stars can be really difficult, and then you never get, like, really pointed, you know, shapes there. So we're going to use a selection tool to do that. So we're going to tap the selection tool, make sure you're in free hand mode. And we're just going to start tapping to draw our star. So tap, and then go tap down. And we're going to create the star shape. And it doesn't have to be perfect, so don't worry if it's not a perfect star. And I also have this color fill option turned on. If I turn that off, it'll just be like a normal selection. But if I turn on color fill, it'll fill my selection with color. And that's really handy. I can actually keep tapping to draw another star. So maybe I'll do another star here. So just tap, tap until you have the full star shape and then tap to close the selection by tapping this little gray circle, and that'll fill it with color. And then I'll do another star over here. Just tap, tap, tap and then fill it by closing the selection, and I'll do one more right here. Then I'll exit out of the selection mode by just tapping the icon, and now I have some cute stars on my boot. Now, let's give this piece a little bit of texture. Let's go to our layers. We can turn off our sketch. We don't need anymore, so just tap to uncheck the sketch layer. And we're going to turn on Alpha oc on all of our layers because we're going to use a brush to add some texture to this piece. So a really quick way to turn on Alpha lock on multiple layers is to just do the two finger swipe. So take two fingers swipe to the right on all of those layers. So they should all have a checkerboard pattern. If the gesture is difficult, you can always tap a layer and choose Alpha lock from the menu. Let's start by selecting this layer here. It's the one with these two kind of like darker brown shapes. So select that layer. And let's go over to our brush library. And we're going to choose a new brush. So this one is called crumple texture, and this is a brush from my watercolor wonder brush set to watercolor set. And it's kind of, like, made by I made it by crumpling up paper and stamping it down into watercolor paint, and that's how I created that brush texture. So let's select this crumple texture brush. And then just make sure we have this brown selected so you can eye drop it. And then we're going to get a color that's just a little bit darker than that color. So we're kind of going this way, darker and a little bit more saturated. And then I'm just going to kind of tap into that area a few times, and then I'll get this nice texture on that flat color. Do the same thing up here like that. Looks really nice. Let's go to the layer with the stars because that's the same color. I don't need to change my colors. And since this is kind of a smaller area, I might make the brush size a little bit smaller, so you can really see the texture. It's really subtle, but it actually makes a really big difference in making your piece look not so, like, computer flat. Let's do the layer with the kind of, like, bootstrap and the heel. So I'm going to sample that dark brown color and then get a color that's a bit darker and then just kind of tap that on Looks good. And then finally, this kind of lighter brown color. So that would be this layer with the boot shape. And I will sample that color and then choose a color that's a bit darker, more saturated. And maybe I'll go a little bit bigger with my brush size, like 40%. And then tap that in. So we've got some very nice texture on our boot illustration, but I feel like it's still missing something that is very characteristic of a leather boot. And that is some stitching. Now, we could come in with a brush and draw little tiny stitches all over, but that would take a really long time. And this is one of those cases where just like when we did the raindrop lesson, I could just make a brush that does a little dashed line, and it would save me so much time. So I'm going to teach you how to create a little dotted line brush that we can use for stitching. Let's exit back out to the gallery view. And we're going to create a new canvas, so tap the plus sign. And since we're making a brush, we need to make our brush shape, and it has to be a square canvas. So let's choose the Kickstart course Canvas template, which is square. And our little dash is going to be just like a little rectangle. So here's a quick way we can draw a rectangle. Go up to your colors, and we need to choose pure black. So we're going to double tap close to black to choose pure black, and then fill the entire canvas with black. Go up to your transform tool. And make sure that you're in free form mode. And now you can grab one of the side nodes like this one down here and you can basically turn it into a rectangle like that. So it should be a shape kind of like this. And then for this shape to work really well as a brush, we need it to be centered vertically and then only take up about half of the canvas size. So we're going to use the snapping tool to move that into position. Go down here to snapping and choose snapping, toggle on snapping. And then we can move this. You can see it snaps to halfway vertically, and then we're going to move it until it kind of clicks into the side here. And then I'm also going to shrink it until it's half the size or half the width of the canvas. It should be something like that, and you see that yellow line, that means that it's half the width. And again, I'll just move it to make sure it's in position. I have the yellow line this way and the yellow line this way, and I'm good to go. All right. So we're going to copy our canvas so we can use it to create a brush. So we can do this by taking three fingers and swiping down and choosing copy all. We want to make sure we choose copy all and let's go into our brushes, and we can create a new brush. So again, we're going to tap that plus sign so we can create a brand new brush. And we're going to start by setting our shape. So go over to the Shape tab. And here under shape source, tap edit, then go to import and choose paste. And there's our rectangle that we made. But if you remember, we need to make sure that our shape is white and the background is black, so we're just going to invert the selection with a two finger tap. There we go. And tap done. Okay, so as you can see, this does not look like a dotted line. We need to change a couple of things. So we're going to start here under touch properties. There's a rotation slider, and you're going to slide that all the way to the right until it says follow stroke. And now this makes the shape, this little rectangle shape kind of follow the angle wherever you whenever you draw your stroke, you'll see a little bit better in just a second. It's kind of hard to see right now. But let's go over to stroke path. And we need to have spaces in between these little rectangles that make up this stroke. So we're going to turn up the spacing and now we're starting to see our dash line. Looks a little bit better. So I'm at 55%. I wouldn't spread them out too far. Just kind of leave a little bit of space in between each of the rectangles. Mine's at 55%. And just like with the raindrop, I don't want to have any opacity. Like, I want it to be fully opaque when I draw with this brush. So let's go over to the Apple Pencil tab and turn this opacity slider all the way down. All the way down. There we go. Now it's always going to be fully opaque. Then we'll go over to the Properties tab, and we're going to uncheck the option that says orient to screen. There is a purpose for that and I'll show you in a different lesson, but we'll just turn that off for now. Then you can go over to about this brush, give your brush a name. You can call it stitch brush or dotted line, whatever you'd like. Type in your name, give your brush a name. Give it a photo if you prefer. I'll go ahead and choose that selfie again. You can sign your brush, create a new reset point, and then you're all done. Go ahead and tap done, and we can try out our stitch brush. It works great. Let's go ahead and undo our little test and we can go back to our boot Illustration and we can put some stitches on it. Let's go to the layer with the darker brown and we're going to tap the plus nine to create a new layer right above that, and we're going to make this layer be a clipping mask as well. Tap this layer and choose clipping mask. Now we can draw the stitching within that shape. And then we're going to sample the brown color that we have here. And then we're just going to choose a color that's like a lighter version of that color, so it's kind of like a creamy color like that. And obviously, this is way too big for stitching, so I'm going to decrease the brush size to, like, 10%, maybe. That maybe a little bit too small. 12%. Kind of experiment until you have a size that works. I'm at 15% for my brush size. And then I'm going to start right here on the boot and just kind of, like, trace along this curve like that. You can do two lines of stitching like this if you want. That looks good. And we can add some stitching lines on the toe like this that you often see in a cowboy boot. And let's add a line of stitching along this kind of design here. So I'm just going to kind of trace all the way along that. Then start again over here. There we go. Then I'm also going to add a little stitch to this the bootstrap. I'm going to go to that layer with the bootstrap on it, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we'll make this layer clipping mask, tap it and choose clipping mask. Then we can draw our stitching on that as well. Perfect. And now that we've added our stitching, I think this cute boot is all done. I hope you enjoyed this lesson and had fun learning how to make another procreate brush. Don't forget to add this piece into your progress tracker and be sure to join me in the next lesson where we are going to be exploring more brush making and more pattern making to create a simple t shirt with a lot of creative possibilities. I'll see you in the next lesson. 21. No.28 - T-Shirt: Welcome to your third drawing of clothing week and drawing at number 28 for the kickstart series. Today we're going to be drawing a simple T shirt that has a ton of creative possibilities. Today we're going to be really digging into the brush studio and creating another new procreate brush. But before we do that, I'm going to show you how to make another repeating pattern to create your brush. And then you're going to learn how that one simple brush can create a ton of different t shirt designs based on layering it, changing the direction, or changing the size of the brush. There's so much room for creativity in this lesson, and I can't wait to see what you create. Let's get started. Let's kick this one off by creating a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right, and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. And we'll start by setting our background color. Go up to the layers panel and tap into where it says background color. And for this piece, we are going to be choosing just kind of like a nice light blue color, something like that. And then you're going to go over to your brushes, and we're going to choose that inker brush from basic tool kit. And then for the color that we're going to paint with, we're going to start with a pure white value, so double tap close to white to choose pure white. So let's start drawing our T shirt. We're going to draw the body of the T shirt on one layer, and then the sleeves are going to be on a separate layer. So let's start with the body. We are going to draw a basic shape, and then we're going to use the eraser tool to refine it into our T shirt shape. So let's start by drawing a big rectangle. This is going to be the body of our shirt. And then once it's a closed shape, you can fill that with color drop. And then you're going to want to tap and hold your eraser tool to choose inker as your eraser. And let's start refining this shape. So we're going to erase the top of the shirt into sort of like a curve like this. And then we're also going to erase a couple arm holes. I'm going to start about right here and just erase a little curve out of the side, and we're going to do the same thing on the other side as well. Then I'll also erase a little bit off the bottom to make it straighter, then that also gives me nice sharp corners. There's the body of our shirt. Next, we're going to add some sleeves. Let's go to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and I want you to move this layer underneath the other layer. Now it's on the bottom. We're going to draw the sleeves. They are going to end up being white, but's little hard to see when you're drawing white next to white, what you're doing. Just go to your colors and just choose any color, doesn't matter. I have an orange. And now we're going to draw the sleeves like this. You're going to draw some lines that kind of line up with the corners of this arm hole. So something like that, and then close off the shape and fill it with color drop. Then you're going to use eraser tool to kind of just erase a little bit away, make sure it lines up with your arm hole, and then kind of chop it off like that. There's a sleeve. We'll do the same thing on this side. So I'm going to kind of draw a line there, and a line there, close this shape off and fill it with color drop. And then grab my eraser tool and just kind of erase away what I don't need, refine this shape a little bit. And try to make it about the same length as that one there. So there we go. All right. And like I mentioned, we are going to make these white. So go back to your color picker and double tap close to white or you can just sample the white that's already on your canvas and drop that into the sleeves, and now we have white sleeves. Alright, I'm going to re center this a little bit. So if you go up to your layers, you can select both layers by swiping to the right on the other one. So now we have both selected, and then you can go up to your transform tool and just recenter that. Like that. I might straighten out the bottom of my shirt a little bit more. Here we go. Once you're happy with the shape of this shirt, it's time to make it a little less boring. Right now, it's a plain white t shirt, which is very classic, but not very fun in an illustration. So we are going to add a pattern to it, and we're actually going to create a pattern and make that pattern into a procreate brush. And it's a lot of fun and a really cool skill, and I'm excited for you to learn how to do it. So we're going to put a pause on this piece and go back to the gallery view. And we are going to tap the plus sine to create a new layer, and we're going to choose the Kickstart course Canvas template because we're always working with square shapes when we make procreate brushes. And what we're going to be doing is we're going to be creating a stripe brush. So this is going to be a repeating pattern that's a stripe that we're going to use to make a brush. So let's start by going to the Actions menu Canvas, and we're going to turn on the drawing guide. And then we're going to tap Edit Drawing Guide. And we just want to make this grid bigger. We're going to use it for a stripe, but we need it to be a bit bigger. So we're going to go down here to the grid size slider, and you're going to increase it until you have let's do eight squares across. One, two, three, four, one, two, three, four. And what we're looking for is we want to make sure that this line here kind of lines up with the edge of the canvas. So you want to adjust it until you just have those four squares there. And if it's hard to get it precise, here's a cool trick that works with any slider in Procreate. When you're sliding around, move your pencil away from the slider. Like, the further away you move it, the kind of, like, slower you can do the adjustments and you can adjust in smaller increments. So now I'm like way far away from the slider, and I can go back and forth, and it just moves a little bit. In there. And now I have four squares across like that or eight squares across. So if yours looks like this, go ahead and tap done. And now we're going to use this grid to draw our stripes. Go up to your colors, and we're going to choose a pure black, so double tap close to black. And then for the brush, we're going to choose the inkor from basic tool kit. And what we're going to do is we're going to kind of color in one of these grid sections. But one of the most important things when you're creating a pattern is that nothing you draw should touch or go over the edges of your canvas. So let's increase our brush size to 100%. And then when you draw these stripes, you're just going to stop short of actually touching the edge of the canvas. So I'm kind of just trying to fill in, like, one of these grid sections like that, and then I'll come over here and do another one. And it's okay if they're like a little wonky. I think it adds to the character of the kind of stripe pattern. So go ahead and start filling that in like this. And then of course, we'll skip this section. And then this one does touch the edge of the canvas. So we're going to actually come back to that one in just a minute. So to make this pattern repeat, here's what we're going to do. You're going to draw little just a little bit of the black in each of the four corners of your canvas. So let's go to our layers, and we're going to duplicate this layer. So swipe to the left and choose duplicate. Now we're going to go up to our transform tool. We're going to go to snapping and we're going to turn on snapping and make sure your distance and velocity sliders are all the way up. So we have two copies of this. We're going to move one to the left and one to the right. So let's go, again, to the transform tool. We're going to move all the way to the right, and you'll see that it's perfectly halfway off the canvas if you see all these yellow lines. Oops, there we go. And then go to the other layer, and we're going to move it to the left. So it should look something like this now. And then go up to your layers, and we're going to merge those two layers together. And now you can see that stripe that was kind of like touching the edge is now here in the middle because of the way that we moved things. So get your eraser tool and erase our little guides and then draw this stripe right here. Here we go. So now we need to connect our stripes at the top and the bottom. And we're going to do the exact same thing that we did when we move left to right, but we're going to do it top to bottom. So let's draw little tiny marks in each corner here. And what these marks do is it kind of helps procreate when you do the snapping to know that this shape is like a full square. Don't worry about it too much, but that's what they do. Go up to your layers and swipe to the left and choose duplicate. Grip your transform tool and move one of the layers up until it snaps halfway, and we have all these yellow lines, and then go to the other layer and move it down until it snaps. Those marks should line up with each other. You shouldn't have any white gaps there. And then go to your layers and merge those two layers together, and then we're going to erase those little marks. And we can connect our stripes together now. So because they're not touching the edges anymore, we're just going to connect here. So we're just kind of making the stripes full fully all the way across. And then this one, I'm going to leave I'm not gonna touch the edge. Remember when we make a pattern, we never want to draw on the edge of the canvas, so I'm just going to leave that open here, and we'll come back to that in a minute. If you wanted to use your eraser to kind of refine any of these stripes because maybe there's, like, a fat part right here where you connected the two, you can do that. Just make sure you don't erase anything that actually touches the edge of your canvas. That looks good. All right. And now we're going to move left to right one more time, and then we'll be all done. So we're going to duplicate this canvas or this layer, swipe to the left and choose duplicate. We don't need to make any of those little guide marks anymore. We're going to get to the transform tool, move this one to the right, go to the other layer, move this one to the left. And when we do that, well, let's merge these together. So pinch to merge them together. Now we have access to this little area that we didn't have access to before because it was touching an edge. So now I can refine that little area. And now I have a fully repeating stripe pattern. You can always test your pattern in the pattern tester I have on my Bardo Bush site. So I'm going to bring up Safari over to the side, and I already have it up here. But if you want to get to it, it's bardobrush.com slash repeat. And since this pattern is already on one layer, I don't need to do that, like, copy all thing. I'm just going to drag this one layer and drop it into the pattern tester. And there I have my really cool striped repeating pattern. Alright, so our pattern works. It's successful. Let's make it into a brush because that's where the really fun part comes in. So we're going to go up to our actions menu. We're going to go to add, and we're going to choose Copy Canvas and then go into your brushes, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new brush. I'm going to go ahead and close the safari over here on the side, so just drag this little little gray handle here until it goes away. And we are not going to go into the Shape tab like we have been. We're actually going to go into the grain tab. Now, it's important to know that every procreate brush is made up of two things. One, a shape, which you've seen, and we played around with a little bit and a grain. Now, by default, the grain is just completely flat, but you can add textures and patterns into here to create different effects for your brushes. In our case, we're going to add a pattern. So under grain source, let's tap Edit. And then we're going to tap import and then paste. And there's our stripe. Now, for this brush, since it's T shirts, I thought it might be better to have a horizontal stripe. So you can actually rotate this, take two fingers and then twist like that, and now we have a horizontal stripe. Let's go ahead and tap done. And you can already see we've got the pattern here in our brush. But let's adjust a few of the settings down here. So the first one I want to point out is the scale slider. You can move that up or down to adjust the scale of your pattern. Let's keep that around 20%. The next setting is the Zoom slider, and we're going to slide all the way to the left until it says follow size. What this setting does is it allows us to control the scale of the stripe pattern by changing the brush size, which you'll see in just a little bit. And then there's one more setting I want you to check out down here, and it is this one with a toggle called Offset Jitter. And let me show you what that is. If I were to draw with this brush and then pick my pencil up and draw again, my stripes aren't going to match up. You can see that right here. If I turn off offset jitter, they will always match up, even if I lift my pencil up. So that's a really handy feature for a pattern brush. Okay, let's go into the Apple Pencil tab, and we're going to turn the opacity slider all the way down because we don't need it for this brush. And then let's go to properties. And we're going to adjust this maximum size slider to about 400%. If it's hard to get exactly where you want it to be, you can always tap into these numbers, and then you can type in 400. And then one more thing I wanted to point out is this orient to screen toggle. It's on by default, and we're going to leave it on, but I just want to point it out because I'm going to show you what that does in a little bit. Let's go down to about this brush, and we'll give our brush a name. You can call it stripe pattern or whatever you want. And then you can add your photo, your name, your signature, and create a reset point. I'm going to just go ahead and keep going, but feel free to pause and input all of that info in. Go ahead and tap done. All right, we have our beautiful stripe pattern brush right there. Let's exit back out to the gallery view and put it into practice. Tap gallery, and then let's open up the T shirt artwork. Go into your layers, and we're going to turn on alpha lock on these two layers. So take two fingers, swipe to the right on both of those layers. We should have the checkerboard patterns. And let's choose a color for our stripes. I'm going to do just kind of like a cobalt blue for my stripes. Then of course, for your brushes, make sure you have that stripe pattern selected. And then take a peek over at the brush size. If you go up or down, you can see that you can change the size of your stripes or the scale of your stripes by increasing or decreasing the brush size. So I'm going to go to, like, about 75%. And now I'm going to paint on my stripes like this. Just paint over the whole T shirt shape, and now you have stripes on your shirt. Let's do the sleeves. Go to your layers and choose the layer with the sleeves. And we could just, you know, paint those in like that, but that looks very unnatural. Stripes on a shirt sleeve would actually go this direction. So let me show you how we can control the angle of our stripes. All you have to do is rotate your canvas. And we're going to make the kind of bottom edge of the sleeve line up with the edge of the iPad screen like this, so they're parallel to each other. And then paint pain fate and now our stripes are in the right position. And if you recall back to the brush settings, when I pointed out this orient to screen toggle, that's what that's doing. It's so it's making it so the brush is oriented to the iPad screen. So let's do that for the other sleeve. Again, we'll make it parallel to the top of the screen, and then we can paint in our stripes. And in no time at all, we have a fully filled out striped T shirt. It does take a little bit of time to, you know, create the pattern and get the brush set up. But once you've done that, you can add stripes to any of your artworks super quickly. Now, we could end it here, but I thought it would be good to have a little bit of fun and show you some of the creative possibilities that you can do using a striped brush like this one, and also do a little bit of animation. So let's start by going up to your actions menu, Canvas, and we're going to toggle on animation assist. And we're not going to go too deep with animation, but one thing I wanted to point out is if we go up to our layers, the way the animation works in Procreate is it takes every layer and it turns it into a frame of animation. So if you wanted the T shirt, and the sleeves to be one frame of animation, we could put those together into a group. So I'm going to swipe to the right on the other layer. So we have both layers selected, and then we're going to tap group. And now you can see Procreate sees that as a single frame in our animation. If you need a refresher on animation, you can go back to kickstart your creativity Volume one and check out the lesson on socks. Now, if we go down here to the timeline, we can tap this frame and we can choose duplicate. And now if we go up to our layers, we can see that we have a duplicate of that group. So we're going to take this duplicate and do another fun stripe with it. So first, let's change the color. Well, let's tap the layer with the body, and then choose another color. I'm going to do, like, a yellow shirt with an orange stripe. So I'm going to choose a nice bright yellow. I'm going to tap the shirt body, and then I'm going to choose fill layer. And since we have Alpha lock turned on, it's going to just fill that shape with the color. And I'll do the same thing for the sleeves, tap the sleeves layer and choose fill layer. And now we have a yellow shirt. Let's tap back to our body layer, and let's choose a color. I'm going to do an orange stripe, like I said, so go ahead and choose orange. And now for this shirt, maybe we'll do a much smaller stripe. And I can paint that in. And remember, because of that offset jitter setting that we have turned off, I can lift my pencil off the screen and then bring it back and keep coloring it in. And then I'll do the sleeves now. So we're going to turn the canvas so that it's parallel to the top of the screen, paint our little stripes in. Same thing here. And there we have another T shirt. And we can tap play, and it's kind of crazy. Let's pause that. It's going to cycle between the two different t shirts. But since it's so fast, we're going to adjust the settings. Let's go down here to settings, and we're going to change the frames per second to let's do two frames per second. That means each frame will be half a second. There we go. So there's two t shirts. Let's do another one and do something else fun with our stripes. So tap your layer with the yellow shirt or yellow orange shirt, top it and choose duplicate. For this one, we'll do, like, a green t shirt. So let's choose a green color. We'll do a yellowish green, top the body layer, top it and choose fill layer, top the sleeves and choose fill layer. And then for my color, I'm going to choose a color that's just a little bit darker. Like that. So let's tap on the layer with a shirt body. I'm going to make my brush size, you know, about 50%. And I'm going to color the whole thing with this stripe, like that. And then I'm going to turn the whole canvas 90 degrees like this and do it one more time. And that's going to give us this fun grid pattern. Let's do the same thing with the sleeves. Tap over to the sleeves. We're going to orient our sleeve this way so that the stripes are going that way. And then we're going to turn it 90 degrees. So now the side of the sleeve is parallel to the top of the iPad, and then we can paint over and get that little grid, do the same thing over here. Kind of like a vertical stripe and then turn it and add the horizontal stripe. And now I have a shirt with a really fun grid pattern by layering the stripes in different directions. Let's add another T shirt, and I'll show you a fun thing you can do with scale. So tap this t shirt and choose duplicate. Go up to your layers. And for this one, let's choose, like, a light pink color. Tap the layer and choose fill layer, tap the sleep layer, and choose fill layer. And then the color of the stripe, I'm going to do, like, a red and pink kind of color palette. So I choose a red. That. And now for this stripe, let's go to like 80% or so. I'm going to do a vertical stripe, so I'm going to turn the T shirt this way. And then, oops, then let's go to the body layer. Start with that. And I'm going to create a vertical stripe like that. And then I'll do the same for the sleeves. So I'm actually going to turn them this direction to create a vertical stripe. And then the same thing here. Like that. Then I'm going to go back to the layer with the body. And now we're going to decrease the brush size a bit at like 25%. And now I'm going to paint over the shirt one more time. So now we have horizontal stripes that are much smaller, and we get this really cool, like, dashed stripe kind of pattern, which looks really neat. I'll do the sleeves now, although it kind of looks good with two different patterns, but you can kind of play around and do whatever you want. So I'll go this way. And then I'll do this sleeve as well. Super fun. There's so many possibilities when you start to play around with layering stripes in different sizes and different directions. But let's go ahead and play our little animation cycling through our different T shirts that we made. But I definitely do encourage you to keep playing, you know, with different colors, different sizes, different angles, and see what kind of patterns that you can create. So I'm going to copy this t shirt out and put it into my progress tracker. So I'll go to the Actions menu, add copy Canvas and go to my progress tracker and paste that in. Feel free to put in your favorite shirt out of the bunch that you've created. I hope you enjoyed this lesson learning how to make both the pattern and a brush using that pattern, and I hope it helped you see the many, many possibilities it opens up. In our next lesson, we're gonna draw a beautiful dress, and I'm gonna teach you about how to draw ruffles and fabric and create a really fun, shimmery, sparkly effect. I'll see you in the next lesson. 22. No.29 - Dress: Welcome to drawing 29 of the Kickstart series. Today we are going to be drawing a beautiful, sparkly ball gown. This lesson focuses heavily on your drawing skills. I'm going to be teaching you how to draw fabric that looks like it's hanging, folding, and flowing. We're gonna be drawing ruffles to create this beautiful, elegant ball gown. And I'm going to be teaching you a simple rendering technique to make it sparkle and shine. Let's get started. Let's start our next piece by creating a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right, and let's choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. We'll begin by sketching our dress. So let's go into our brush library and choose sketching pencil from the sample pack, and then we'll choose a dark gray for our color. Instead of trying to draw the dress, we're going to draw a structure that we can kind of build the dress upon. Sort of like you might have a dress form if you are a soist. So let's draw that. The upper body, the upper torso, we're going to draw a trapezoid shape like this. It's kind of bigger at the top. And then I'll connect the top with a curved line. So it's a bit similar to the T shirt shape that we drew in our last lesson, but a little more shapely. You can also indicate where the neck might be. And then I'm going to add little triangles to the sides of the torso. And these are just going to kind of show where the arms would be if this shape had arms, but it'll let us know where we're going to put the arm holes on our dress. So you'll see that in a minute. And then we'll draw the bottom of the torso. So those are going to be a couple lines that go out depending on how big you want the hips to be, and then we'll come back in. If this had legs, this would be where the legs would connect, and we'll just connect down there. So there's our little dress form, and I'm just going to shrink this down a little bit because I want to make sure that we have plenty of room to draw a nice full dress. So I'm going to go to the Transform tool and just resize that a little bit, put it near the top, make sure there's plenty of room down here. So let's start by drawing the bodice. I'm going to divide the form down the middle so we know kind of where the midpoint is. And then I'm going to draw some straps for my dress I'ma do kind of like a spaghetti strap situation. And then starting from the bottom of this kind of arm shape, I'm going to draw lines that connect to the straps and then kind of a V neck. So that's going to be the bodice of the dress. And now let's work on the skirt. So we're going to start with simple shapes. So we're going to just basically sketch out from the hips a nice, big, kind of triangular shape, however big and full you want the dress to be, and then kind of draw a curve line along the bottom like that. I'm going to reposition this one more time, so it's a little bit more centered. There we go. And the type of dress that we're going to make is a ruffled dress with lots of gathers and we're going to do this kind of, like, tier to gather situation. So I'm going to just kind of indicate where that tier would be with another curved line like this. So this is going to be what I would call the rough sketch. Now we're going to take this and create a refined sketch that has all of the curves and ruffles and everything like that. But before we do that, we're going to do a little fabric drawing practice over here off to the side. Let me show you how you might draw a piece of fabric that's hanging from a point, like a hook or something like that. Draw a dot like this. Then right below the dot, we're going to draw a snaking line that starts wide and gets narrow. I'll look something like this. So it starts wide and then it gets narrow down at the bottom. Now if we wanted to make this look like it's fabric that's hanging off of this little point, this little hook, all we have to do is from the apex of the curve, the outermost part of all these curves, draw a line back to this point. That would look something like this. Starting from here, we draw a line back like that, and then from the outermost part of this curve, draw a line back to that point there. Then from the outermost part of this curve, I'm going to sketch this in lightly. We're going to draw a line all the way back to that point and then just darken this part of it. And then same thing from this curve. So drawing a line to that point and then we'll darken just this part of it. And then same thing here. Just go to sketch that in and then darken it right there. And then finally the final point here, I'm going to try and sketch that all the way back up. Then you kind of darken some of these lines so you can see them really well. But now we have a drawing that looks like it's fabric that's hanging off at this point. So when we're drawing folds, fabric that's hanging, all of these kind of lines point back to wherever it's attached to. Another way we can show that. Let's draw another point. And then we're going to draw, like, a curve line down here, and then we'll connect the edges like that just very lightly. And now I want you to draw another curve kind of in the middle like that, and then we're going to very lightly sketch back to that original point at the top. And then just darken some of the way up, not all the way. Then if I draw another curve here, and then another one this way, now it looks like we have a bit of fabric that's hanging over a hook or something like that. But if we don't see the edge of it, we see the front of this piece of fabric. Let's do one more. Draw a little dot here, and we'll do one more kind of triangular shape with a curve bottom. And this time, if we want the fabric to look kind of like folded in and out, we're going to draw two curves like this with a little gap in between. And then we're going to connect these back to that point from the edges of those curves, just doing it really lightly. And then we're going to darken it just a little bit, part of the way up. And then in between those shapes we just drew, we're going to draw a curve that goes the other way. So it's going to go this way. And then on the outside, we're going to just draw lines that go up, and then kind of curve and connect to the top. So now we have kind of a different look for this fabric. You can kind of look at the three different ones. So we're going to be doing something similar to what we did here for our dress. So now we're going to create our refined sketch on a new layer. Let's tap into our layers panel, and we're going to reduce the opacity of this sketch, tap the and reduce the opacity. And then we're going to create a new layer, and this is going to be where our refined sketch is going to go. So I'm going to zoom up here, and I'm just going to draw this part of the dress one more time to make it a little more curvy, if you want, draw on the straps. Then I'll draw what's probably going to be a waistband there. Now let's work on the skirt. Just like we did here, we're going to draw some curved lines and then make them connect up to the point where they're hanging from, which would be the waist area. We're going to start with this line because we're doing this two tiered design. I'm going to draw a curve that follows this line. Then I'll do another one a little bit smaller. I like my curves to be different sizes because it makes it look a little bit more natural. I'll do one more right there, leave some space on either side. And then we're going to sketch lines that kind of go back to the waist like this. So I'm going to sketch them in really lightly. Like that. Then I'm going to draw them a little heavier. These lines aren't going to go all the way up. They're going to all go up at different heights just to make it look a little bit more natural. You can vary the height of these lines like that. Then in between, we're going to draw a curve that goes the other way. It's going to look like that. We have those two. Then on the very outside, we're going to go up a little bit and then we're going to draw curve that sticks out like that and then connects to the skirt. There we go. Then I'll do the same thing on the other side, kind of go up a little bit, and then connect that to draw the side of the dress. So you can start to see this is looking very roughly already. All right. Since we're doing this two tiered dress design, we're going to do basically the same thing, but in each of these little sections. So here's what I mean by that. We're going to draw a line that keeps going, kind of follows this line, but keeps going down. We'll just sketch that in really lightly. There we go. So it should be something like that. And now along this bottom curve, we're going to add those smaller curves. So maybe I'll do two right there. Maybe I'll just do one there in the middle. Maybe I'll do two, a big one and a little one. And now we're going to connect these lines back up to this seam on our dress, the first tier in our ruffles. So from the edge of every one of these little curves, goes back up. And then you can draw them a little bit darker, but make sure not to draw them all the way up. These darker lines are going to be the final lines in our final art. They don't go all the way back up. And now in between, we're going to draw a line curve that goes the other way like that. And then on either side, we're going to draw a little curve that goes up. And then instead of drawing a straight line down like that, let's draw a line that's a little more curvy to give it a little bit more flare there. So we'll do the same thing here. So I'm going to draw a line curves up and then kind of a little S shaped line to connect, draw the sides of that kind of ruffle. Here I'm going to draw a curve that goes up and then the ones on the sides. And then here in the middle, we're going to draw a curve that goes up in between each of these little sections. And then on the side, of course, we're going to draw a line that curves out that way and then draw the side of it as well. So essentially on all these little sections, we're kind of just doing the same thing, and it's going to result in this really beautiful ruffled look for our dress. We can also add some little kind of ruffle lines because the fabric wherever it might be gathered might show these little lines like this show little gathers. There we go. All right. And there is our finished sketch for our dress. Now we get to add color. So we're going to go up to our layers. We can turn off our rough sketch. We'll just uncheck that, turn that off, and we're just going to be coloring based on our refined sketch. And then, of course, we're going to reduce the opacity of this sketch layer. So about ten or 15%. Create a new layer and put this below your sketch layer. And then we'll start coloring by setting our background color. And for this, I'm going to choose kind of like a coral orange color. And then for the dress itself, I'm going to do a really light pink. So I'm going to go up to my color picker circle and choose a light pink. Something like that. You can always do a test, see if you like the color. Let me go a little pinker. My bee a little darker. Maybe a little later. Okay, that looks good. Let's switch to a different brush now. Go up to your brushes, and we'll stick with our inker brush from the basic tool kit, and we can start drawing our dress. And we're actually going to draw the entire thing as one shape, and then we're going to come back and add our linework over to show all the ruffles and things. So starting up here, I'm just going to trace over my sketch like this. Basically go around and outline the outer shape of the dress. I'm going to go down here. I actually think it's easier if you go in and do all the same curve. I'm going to go ahead and do all these curves that face this way. And then I'll go back and draw the lines to kind of connect like this. And then also do these lines in the middle. It's okay if the lines overlap like inside of where the dress would be because we're going to end up filling it all with color drop. So it's okay if you overlap things like that. You just want to make sure you're drawing a completely close shape. Okay, so just closing all of these shapes and one more. And now, and we have to do this edge as well. So let's go ahead and do that. And then finally this side. Okay, so now we've got a completely outlined shape, and it's a closed shape, so we can fill it with color drop, drag and drop the color picker circle in. And now we're going to add our linework. So let's go up to our layers. We're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to do the linework on a clipping mask layer so we can draw within the shape of the dress, but on a separate layer. So tap this new layer and choose clipping mask. And then the color that I'm going to do for the linework on this dress is actually the background color. So you can just sample the background color. And now we can come in and start doing our linework. So I'm going to start here at the waist. My brush size is about 10%, and I'm going to start by just drawing the waistband. And then we're just going to kind of just draw over all the lines from our sketch. So I'm going to start with these curved shapes on the first tier of the dress. And then the lines that go back up towards the waist. And for these lines, I am trying to get a tapered end to my line. And in order to do that, I'm kind of using medium pressure down here at the bottom and then light pressure as I go back up towards the top, just kind of lifting my pencil off the screen, and then I can get a nice taper to my line. Now, this is something that requires a little bit of practice. This is a skill that requires practice for sure, being able to control the pressure of your lines. The more you practice at it, the better you'll get at it. Now I'm going to do these lines over here. The ones that kind of like curve the other way. And now I'm going to start on the second tier of the dress. So do these kind of like outer curves. Like that. Then we'll do these little ruffles that are inside this second tier of the dress. Again, I'm going to try and do the pressure trick, the pressure skill to decrease my pressure as I get towards the top. I'm going through and just doing all these little ruffle lines. I think I've done them all. The last thing is to do these little tiny lines for the gathers. I might make my brush size a tiny bit smaller at 8% now. I'm just doing these little flicks to make these short little lines that have a taper. I'm trying not to make them super evenly space, so spacing them sporadically or doing little groups of them. Not trying to draw every single little gather, but these little lines just kind of help indicate that, yes, this fabric has gathered, gathers on it, since it, you know, ruffles. I don't know if any of you guys sew, but I love to sew. And I'm slowly getting better at doing gathers in my clothing s. There we go. Now we can turn off our sketch and see it all finished. Go up to your layers, and you can uncheck the sketch, and you can see all your beautiful line work that you did. I really, really love how this is coming along. But I think we could add a little more pizzas to it. So I'm going to show you how to very quickly and easily turn this kind of, like, flat dress into a sparkly ball gown. And there is a brush that is built into your procreate that makes it really easy. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to select the layer with the pink with the pink dress, and we're going to turn on alpha lock. So you're going to take two fingers and you're going to swipe to the right, turn on alpha lock, and then sample the pink color. Now we're going to go into our brush library, and we're going to look for the built in procreate brush called luminance. And in luminans, I want you to find the brush called glimmer. This brush is really cool. It actually has a blend mode built right into it. So when you draw with it, you have this really bright glowing effect, which is going to be great to do a shimmery, sparkly kind of sequins effect for this dress. So I'm going to undo that. And my brush size right now is about 10%, and we can try and just see what it's like to just use this brush. I think it's a little bit too intense, so I'm going to reduce the opacity of this brush a little bit. So let's go down to, like, 60%, and now it's a little less intense, so I think that's gonna work a little bit better. I'm going to go a little bit bigger with the brush size, 24%. And then I'm just going to kind of lightly draw down the skirt area and then kind of brush over the bodice area as well, just to kind of give it some base texture. And then I'm going to increase the opacity of the brush all the way, go a little bit smaller. Let's do, like, 14%. And now I'm going to kind of localize this shimmering effect, create some highlights. So if I imagine that there's a light shining on this dress, I'm going to imagine that it's coming from this direction. And so it's going to hit, like this side of all the folds of the fabric. So here's what I mean by that. Like this side. So I'm just going to brush on a little bit right there, and then on this side of that, kind of like ruffle or that fold. And then on this edge a little bit, you can see the shimmery effect. Maybe a little bit there. And then also on the bottom part of the dress, I'm going to reduce the size a little bit more just because these are, like, small little, you know, areas. So I'm just going to kind of brush that onto the left side of all of these little folds of fabric, that's going to give me a little bit of a highlight. And the dress is starting to have a little bit of dimension. And then up here on the bottice, I'm going to add a little bit of highlights to one side, kind of the upper area. There we go. So we've got some nice sparkle happening on the dress. We're going to add a little bit of shadows with this brush as well. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And we're going to set this layer's blend mode to multiply because to make something really look sparkly, you need bright brights and then kind of some dark darks, and that will make it look even more glittery and sparkly. So I'm going to set the blend mode of this layer to multiply. And let's select the darker of the two colors, like the background color, and we'll just try that out and see. So that kind of works, but maybe it's a little bit too dark, but we can always adjust that afterwards. So I'm going to now brush this kind of into where the shadows might be on this dress. So kind of these, like, inside folds, maybe a little bit over here on the side. These little inside folds here. Maybe, like, on this side of the dress. That's looking good, maybe along the waist in this side of the bodice. It's looking really nice. Okay. And now I think that these darker sparkles may be a little bit too dark. So if you think it's too dark on yours, you can always go up to your layers, and you can just reduce the opacity of this layer. So tap the M and then reduce it. I'm gonna do like 75%. Then if we really wanted to make this sparkle, I recommend adding some individual little sparkles to it. Let's create a layer that's above all the other layers, and we'll choose white as our color. Then let's go back to the sample pack, and we'll choose the anchor brush. I'm probably going to go a lot smaller with my brush size, so it's nice and thin. Let's do 4%. And then you can add a few extra little sparkles here and there, just draw little stars kind of like that. Wherever you think it needs a little bit of sparkle. These would be kind of like the individual little pieces of sequin or whatever that kind of catch the light. Can zoom out and see how that's looking. I like it. So go ahead and keep adding those wherever you'd like them to be. We'll do some up here. I kind of like it when they go over the edge of the shape or over some of the linework because then you can really see them. That one, we'll do it right there. I hope you had fun drawing this beautiful ball gown that's all ruffly and sparkly. Don't forget to add it to your progress tracker, and then be sure to meet me in the next lesson for our final illustration for clothing week, where we are going to draw a customized jean jacket. I'll see you in the next lesson. 23. No.30 - Jacket: Welcome to our final lesson of Clothing Week, which just so happens to be drawing 30 of this series. Congratulations for making it This far. In today's lesson, we're going to be drawing a denim jacket. Now, this is a lesson that I've designed for you to be able to add your own personal touches to your illustration. So you're going to have the opportunity to draw whatever symbols and designs you want to decorate your jacket. I'm also going to be teaching you how to add fonts and text into your Procreate illustration, and we're going to be using that to create a hand lettering effect. I'm going to also introduce you to a mystifying but really important procreate feature, which is the curves adjustment. This is something I use all the time, and I'm really excited to teach you about it. Then I have one more really fun skill to introduce, and that is using texture overlays to add photo realistic texture to your illustrations. It's going to be a lot of fun, so let's go ahead and get started. Let's create a new Canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose a kickstart course Canvas template. And we'll begin with a sketch. So let's go into our brushes. We'll choose the sketching pencil, and we'll choose kind of a dark gray as the color. So a jacket shape is a lot like the T shirt that we drew. So we're going to start by drawing a rectangle, kind of like this. And then a curved top like that. We're going to indicate some arm holes like this. And now we're going to draw the sleeve. I'm going to just kind of draw a line that kind of curves down and goes a little bit further than the bottom of the jacket. Same thing on the other side. So it should look something like that. And then I'll draw this side of the sleeve. So I'm going to start here at the shoulder and come on down until it meets up with the other line and then close that off. And then same thing on this side. Close that off. And there's going to be a color on our jacket. So I'm just going to draw a line kind of wide like this, kind of where the neck would be. And then it's sort of trapezoid shape, so it looks something like this, and that's going to be the color of the jacket. We're looking at the jacket from the back, so we don't have to worry about the lapels or anything like that. Now, some of the detailing on a denim jacket are there's a seam that kind of runs across the back at the shoulder level about there. There's going to be a cuff, so we'll just draw a line at the bottom of the sleeves like that. And then there's a line that kind of connects from this point down the back of the sleeve. So I'm just going to draw a line down that way, and then the same thing on the other side. Sketch that all the way down. We're going to add a kind of like the waist area of the jacket. We're going to draw a line like this across there. And then two lines, like two seams that kind of taper into the middle. So kind of start here, and then they taper into the middle and down to the, you know, waistband, like that. And then finally, down here on this waistband, there are some little some little flaps with buttons. So I'm just going to draw like a little kind of flap with a button like that. There we go. Alright. So that is our jacket sketch. I'm going to re center this. So I'll just use the transform tool to center that. And now we can start drawing it in color. So let's go up to our layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to move it below our sketch and then reduce the opacity of the sketch. Okay. And let's choose a color for our denim jacket. Go into your colors, and let's go into the blues. And we're going to choose kind of a grayish blue color for our denim jacket. Maybe it's like light wash. That's a good color. And then for our brush, we're going to choose that inker brush that we've been using for our lessons this week. And now let's draw the outline of the entire jacket like we did with the dress. So I'm going to start with the collar. Oops. Let's go a bit bigger with the brush size. I'm at like 20% ish. Well, that's probably too big. 10%? Alright, so now I'm going to draw the outline of my entire jacket. So just trace around the sketch. Down here on the sleeve, I'm going to make it go a little bit longer than it needs to be, and then I'm going to cut it off with the eraser. We did a lot with that boot illustration. Drawing the sleeves. Close that off. And then the side of the jacket, I'm also going to make that longer than I need it to be. And then cut it off with the eraser. So I have nice sharp corners. There we go. Do this sleeve now. And that side. Close that shape and then one more line, and we're all done with our outline. So our jacket shape looks something like that. Let's go ahead and fill it with color drop. And then we can tap and hold the eraser to choose that same anchor brush as our eraser, and we can erase away these parts we don't need. Just erase that away. Make a little bigger with my brush size, erase the bottom of the jacket. And this sleeve as well. Now we're going to add some line details to the jacket. Go up to your layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to do our line details on a clipping mask. So tap this new layer and choose clipping mask from the menu. For the brush, we are going to switch to the gritty tilt liner. This one has some really nice texture to it. I think it's going to look really nice for our linework. And then for the color, we're going to choose a color that's darker than our current color, which is the jacket color. So I'm going to kind of go, again, that way on the color wheel, and I think that color will look nice for our details. So I'm going to make my brush size at smaller. What am I at L 12%, 13%. I think that's good. And again, if you remember about this brush, if you hold it upright, it's really solid. If you hold it to the side and tilt it, it's a little bit more textured. So you can control it that way. But let's start by sketching over our collar. And then we'll do the arm holes like that. And then this kind of seam that goes across the back. And I'm actually going to draw that with two lines. So I'm just going to kind of draw a parallel line across like that. And then we'll do the line across the bottom. So I'm going to do that again with two lines like that. And then these kind of seams that taper down towards the bottom, I will also do those with two lines. There we go. All right. This is looking really good so far. A few more things. We're going to draw these kind of like tab things. So I'm just going to draw those in and add a little button and do it on the other side as well. And then we have to do our sleeve, so I'm going to draw the cuff part of the sleeve with two lines. And then this kind of back seam on the sleeve also with two lines. There we go. And then this one will do the cuff. To lines. And then this other seam. Okay. So we've done all the linework for our jacket. So let's go ahead and turn off the sketch. We don't need it. Tap into your layers and just uncheck the sketch. And while we're here in the layers, let's go ahead and set a background color. I go to tap into background color. And you can do any color you want. And I do encourage you to think about maybe what your favorite colors. The great thing about denim is it goes with anything. So you really could pick any color that you want. I'm going to pick a pink, so I'm going to choose a pink light pink color for my background. So now is the part where we get to have fun and really customize this jacket to be what you want it to be. And we're going to start by adding some text at the top of the jacket. So I'm going to zoom in up here, and you could hand letter the text in, but I'm going to show you how you can import a font into your illustration and then use that to create some hand lettering. So let's go up to our Actions menu. We're going to go to Add, and we're going to go to Add Text. Before we type anything in, we're going to tap this little A icon here to change the style of our text. So I want you to find when you should have this one built in to your iPad, find the font called Snell around hand. Okay? It's a very script defont a little maybe too formal, but don't worry. We are going to make it less formal, so don't worry about that. And now you can tap into this area here, delete the text, and type in something else. So you can do whatever kind of word you want on the back of your jacket, but I am going to say, howdy. So go ahead and type something in. And then you can use your transform tool to move it into position. So I'm going to tap the transform tool and I'm going to move it down here onto my jacket and resize it. There you go. Something like that. I want to kind of fit in this area of the jacket, but my line works kind of getting in the way. So I might move it, but for now, I'll just leave it there. Okay, so now we're going to do some hand lettering using this font. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to reduce the opacity of this text layer. So this one that says Howdy, tap the, and just bring the opacity down and then create a new layer. And I'm going to choose white as my color. And then I'm going to choose the inkor as my brush. And then I'm just going to zoom in and basically trace over this text. Let's see. My brush size is about 12%. And maybe that's a little bit too big. I'm gonna go a little smaller. Like, 10%. Trace over that, and it can be a little, like, chunky. I think that actually looks pretty good that way. There we go. Love it. That looks great. And what we're trying to do is make kind of text that looks sort of like a patch that might be on the back of the jacket or it's, like, stitched on. So I'm gonna actually create another layer and put it below the white text that we just drew and then do, like, sort of a little outline around that, so it looks like a patch. So I'm going to choos a different color for this. I'm going to do this, like, a darker pink, something like that. And then I'm just going to basically outline over this text. So that some of it kind of peeks out from behind it like that. So just kind of tracing over it one more time. And I think the more imperfect this looks, the more character your illustration will have. So don't worry if it's, you know, not, you know, the same width of an outline around the whole thing, that's totally okay. Okay. There we go. Almost done. Do this Y color in the middle. And there is some text that looks kind of like it's a patch. Looks really cute. And then I said I kind of want to I don't really want it to overlap this, you know, seam that I drew, so I'm just gonna use liquefy to kind of push that down. So I'm going to go to the layer that has all of my linework on it, and then go to the adjustments menu, liquefy push and adjust my brush size so that I can, maybe a little bit bigger. I'm gonna try and just push that down a little bit. There we go. And then maybe I'll also push the collar up a little bit, too. There we go. That looks good. And then I can always reposition my little Hudi by selecting both layers, going to the transform tool and moving it. Maybe I'll tilt it to the side, and then it fits in there a little bit better. Cool. And then you can turn off the layer that had the text that we input it in, so you can just uncheck that. So now down here in the bottom part of the jacket, we're going to decorate it with patches, and you can create your own patches. It can be whatever you want, little symbols, little tiny illustrations. Have fun with it. You can follow along with me now, but I definitely encourage you on your own to kind of think of some of your own little symbols and things you want to do there. So let's create a new layer and we can start drawing some patches. I'm going to start with a nice bright, smiley face, so I'm going to choose nice bright yellow and then just draw a circle. Take that. And then I'll get black and draw some eyes, little ovals, and then a big smile with little lines like that in the corner of the smile. Let's see. I'm going to add a rainbow. So I'm going to choose, like, a red color to start off my rainbow. And we can think back to our lesson with the rainbow and just draw an arch like this. And then I'll use my eraser tool to chop off the bottom like that. And then I can turn on Alpha lock and I can draw the other colors. So I'll get, like an orange, then draw the orange part, color that in. Then I can grab a yellow. Draw the yellow part. See how many colors I can fit in here. Maybe I'll skip right over to blue. Don't always have to have all the rainbow colors in your rainbow. There's a cute little rainbow patch, and then I could maybe do a little heart. I'm going to go up to my layers. You want to make sure you turn off Alpha lock so that you can draw something new on that layer. Just take two fingers and swipe to the right again and I'm going to choose a nice pink color for this heart. I'll just draw heart shape. And then maybe use a different color, like red. I could draw some details inside the heart. So we could do like some concentric hearts inside this heart to make our little heart patch Very cute. Let's do a globe, like the planet Earth. So I'm going to choose a blue color, or I can actually just sample the blue. I use it by rainbow. I think that one will work well. And then I'm going to draw a big circle like that. Fill that in with color drop, and then I'll turn on Alpha Lock and I'll add, like, the continence, so I'll get a green color. It's a little bit darker, maybe. That's good. And then I'm just going to really loosely draw in some shapes that are vaguely continent shape. So this can be Europe. This can be Africa, not getting super detailed with that. This is going to be, like, North America. This blob is North America, and then like South America. There we go. So there's our little Earth. How about we add some more things? I'm going to do I'll turn off Alpha lock again and do a little talk bubble here. So that's kind of like an oval. And then the little kind of curved pointed part of that. Maybe it's like the happy faces I was talking. And then I'll get black. Make my brush eyes really small, and then I can put some lettering in there. Hi. There you go. Very cute. Oh, what else could we do? Oh, I think it would be cool to do, like, a little skull. So I'm going to do it over here. So I'm going to move this heart. I'm just going to grab my selection tool and select the heart and kind of scoot it over that way. And let's do a skull over here. I'm going to choose kind of a creamy color for the skull. And then it's a really simple skull. It's just kind of like an oval and fill it in. And then the teeth shape is kind of like a trapezoid. Color that in. And turn on Alpaloc and we'll draw, like, the eyes and the teeth, so get a black color, and we'll do teeth. And then the nose is going to be like a little kind of upside down heart. And then we'll draw one eye here and then one eye over there. I got a cute little skull. And then maybe just a little flower over here. How about that? Turn alpha oc back on or turn it back off, and I'll grab a pink color for my flower or maybe we'll do I don't know. Maybe I'll do an orange for the flower. A super simple flower design. Actually, I'm gonna make it pink. I just drag and drop that in. And then I'll draw the center of the flower in yellow. Oops. Very cute. Like I said, you can do whatever kind of patches you want on your jacket, have fun with it. I can't wait to see what you do. So we're going to do one last final touch for this illustration, and that is to add some texture using photo overlays. And this is a very fun effect that is very easy to do and adds a lot to an illustration. So let's start by creating a new layer, top the plus sign, and right now this layer is going to be above all the others. As a part of this class, I provided you with some texture overlay files that come from a couple free to use stock photography websites. One of those websites is unsplash.com. If you wanted to find your own texture files, you could always just search for texture is a good search term. And you'll find lots of different textures that you can use as photo overlays, just download them, and I'll show you how to import them to your Canvas and manipulate them in just a moment. And another website that I use to get freetockPhotos is pexels.com. Both of these sites contain free to use stock photography so you can download them and use them however you'd like. Just be sure to always check the license on the sites to see how you can use these photos. Alright, back in our image, let's go ahead and choose one of the textures that I provided as part of this class. So we're going to go up to the Actions menu. We're going to go to add and choose Insert a file. And you're going to navigate to the kickstart to class resources folder, and then open up texture overlays. And we have a few different textures here. We're going to choose the one called brushstrokes. And we're just going to resize this so it covers the entire jacket, so just make it a little bit bigger like that. Now, in order for a photo to work well as a texture overlay, we need to make sure that it is in black and white and that it has the right balance of value and contrast. Here's how we can adjust this photo that we just imported. First of all, let's make it grayscale. We're going to go up to our adjustments menu, go to hue saturation brightness, and then we're going to take the saturation slider and turn it all the way down, so we're taking out all the color from this image. Now, it's still overall really dark image, and texture overlays should be a middle gray color, not too dark, not too bright. We could adjust it with the brightness slider. But when we do that, we start to lose some of the texture, we lose some of the contrast. So that's not the best way to adjust the brightness of an image to use as a texture overlay. So go ahead and just turn the saturation down and don't do anything else, then you can tap out of that. And now we're going to adjust the brightness of the image using the curves adjustment. Go to your adjustments menu and choose curves. Now, if you're unfamiliar with curves, curves is one of my favorite settings. I use it to adjust the contrast of my artwork. You can adjust the different values in your artwork by moving this line. If you move this side of the line up, grab this little blue node on the left and move it up, that's going to brighten the darkest parts of your illustration and make them brighter. And if you grab this node and bring it down, it's going to take the lightest parts of your artwork and make them darker. And then you can grab anywhere on this line to kind of adjust the values in between. So, for example, if I just grab in the middle of this line and then move it up, it's going to make the image overall lighter because I'm moving it up while still retaining some of the contrasts, I'm not losing this texture. You can also increase contrast by moving the right side of the line up and the left side of the line down. So I'll undo that and show you what that would look like. So I'm going to grab this side and move it up. On the right and then grab the left side and move it down. You can see it's much more contrasty now. You can do it before and after by just tapping on the screen and choosing preview. See how there's more contrast. I'm going to go ahead and tap a reset. And overall, I just really need to brighten this up. So that's what I'm going to do. I'm going to grab the middle of the line and just make it brighter. So it's kind of like a middle gray, not too bright, not too dark. And then I can tap out of that. And now let's use it as a texture overlay. We are going to move this layer so that it's right above the layer with the jacket. So tap, hold, and drag it down. And because it's between that layer and a clipping mask, it's going to become a clipping mask automatically. And now we're going to set the blend mode of this layer to overlay to create the texture overlay. So tap the N. And then from the list of blend modes here, we're going to find the one called overlay. And now you can see that we have this texture interacting with the color of the jacket, and it looks really cool. I love this effect. Let's go ahead and do like a before and after. You can uncheck the little checkbox for the texture layer and kind of see the before and after. If you still feel like adding the texture is making the color too light or too dark, you can go back to your curves adjustment and move it up or down to kind of adjust how bright you want that to look. I'm going to put it about right there. And I really love the dimension and texture that this adds just by adding a photo. We could add another texture overlay to our patches layer. So if we tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we're going to tap this layer and choose clipping mask, and now we can import a photo. So we'll go up to our actions menu, add insert a file. And let's choose one of the other ones. I'll choose this one called Flex. And resize it. So it just takes up this part of my artwork where the patches are. And then I'm going to set the blend mode to overlay. This is a very bright image. It's very white. It's not like middle gray. It's very, closer to white. So it's going to brighten everything up, but we'll adjust it. So tap the N and then let's choose the overlay, and you can see how much brighter that's making everything. So let's go into our adjustments. We'll go to the hue saturation, and we'll just reduce the saturation all the way down. And then we'll go into curves. And I'm going to grab this middle and bring it down. And it's not really doing too much because this image is so bright. So I'm going to grab this side, which controls the brightest areas of this photo, and I'll bring that down, too until it looks the right color. So now we have those flex overlaid on the artwork. And if you want to add one more texture, you can add it to the background. Let's create a new layer, and we're going to move it all the way down underneath all the other layers like that. And then we'll go to the Actions menu, insert a file. And this time, let's do the plaster image. And then just make it bigger, so it takes up the whole canvas like that. Go to your blend modes, tap little N and choose the overlay blend mode. Again, this has a real brightening effect because it's such a light image. So let's go to our adjustments menu, curves and drag that down, and now we're starting to see some of the texture, but it's still really bright. So I'm going to grab this note here and drag it down until it's about the color that I want. There we go. That looks good. It's like a nice, subtle texture over that pink. You can always go to your layers and do a before or after to see how it looks. Alright. Our cute little jacket is all finished. Thank you so much for following along with this one. I hope you take the time to customize it to your liking, make patches that are more personal to you. Change out the text. Just kind of make this illustration your own. And when you're all done, we'll add it into our progress tracker. I'm going to take three fingers and swipe down, choose copy all, open up the progress tracker. Take three fingers, swipe down again, and choose paste. And now I can move this into position, resize it. And we are all done with Week six of Kickstart your creativity. I hope you had fundraling clothing with me this week. In the next video, we're gonna take some time to reflect on all of our progress, and I'll let you know what's coming up for Week seven. I'll see you in the next video. 24. Week 6 - Reflect & Share: H. Congratulations on finishing Week six. You accomplished so much this week. Your progress tracker should be filling up and I hope you're feeling proud about everything that you've created. This week, we explored a very diverse range of skills that should help push your creativity even further. We started with color mixing and blend modes, where you got to see how colors interact and that different colors have different values. This is a very important concept, and it's something that we're going to dive deeper into in Week eight. We spent a lot of time in Procreate's brush studio, where you made not one but two Procreate brushes this week. You also got to put your repeating pattern skills into practice as we made a pattern brush in Procreate. We also go to see in the T shirt lesson how you could use one pattern brush to create many, many more patterns and designs. By now, you're probably starting to realize how valuable a skill it is to be able to make your own procreate brushes. Not only can you make brushes that save you time, but you can open up new creative possibilities. I've been making procreate brushes for over eight years now, and I can't tell you how many times I'm working on an illustration. I think to myself, you know what? If I just had a brush that did XYZ, this would be so much better, and then I make the brush, and it is. And now you're gaining the skills to do that, too. We also focused heavily on your drawing skills this week. You got to learn about drawing construction. This is where we take really basic shapes to kind of lay out the structure of our piece, and then we add curves and more shapes to make something that is more complex. You also learned how to add text into Procreate and get personal with some hand lettering. Speaking of personal, I hope you enjoyed our final project this week where you got to decorate a denim jacket with your own special little symbols and designs. I think it's super important to add personal touches to your work any chance you get. We also learn how to add texture overlays, which is something I definitely encourage you to keep exploring. Sometimes when you finish a piece and it just needs that little extra something, adding a texture overlay to it can be something you were looking for. Let's take a moment to reflect on the week. You can jot down your answers in a journal or just think about them internally. Did drawing clothing spark any new ideas or inspire you to try new styles? Think about if there's another article 0F clothing that you're excited to draw next. Also, how did you feel about sticking to your creative habit this week? Was it harder or easier, and what helped you stay consistent? And finally, what are you most proud of this week? And how is that motivating you to keep going? Now that you've done a little reflection, it's time to share your work. I want you to go to your skill share class project and edit it. Replace the progress tracker with the current updated version, and then add a few of your reflections that you did this week. You could talk about what your favorite piece was for Week six or some of the thoughts that you had when we did the reflection. I am so excited to check in on your progress. Up next, I'm going to tell you a little bit about what's in store for Week seven. 25. What's Coming in Week 7: I'm so excited to tell you what's coming up for our next week in Kickstart your creativity. For Week seven, we are going to be drawing a very popular subject, and that is flowers. And there are so many great skills you'll get to learn as well. You'll do things like explore your brush library and layer strokes to create interesting textures in your work. So really creative ways to use the liquefy tool. You'll explore drawing in three D as we learn how to draw a flower from an angle. And I'll give you some tips about how to improve your visual composition as we draw a beautiful bouquet of flowers. Plus, you'll get plenty more practice using all the skills you've learned so far. Again, I am so proud of you and I can't wait to draw flowers with you next week. Until then, stay creative. 26. Welcome to Week 7: Flowers: Hi. Hello, and welcome to Week seven of Kickstart Your Creativity. We are diving into one of the most timeless and beautiful subjects, and that is flowers. Flowers are the perfect theme for practicing both structure and creativity in your art. It's so much fun to play with the different shapes, colors, textures, and details as you create your own interpretations of the different kinds of flowers. We'll be drawing a variety of different flowers in various art styles this week, starting with a minimalistic daisy, followed by an expressive tulip. A serene set of lotus flowers, a cheerful sunflower, and we'll finish the week with a colorful personalized bouquet. And along the way, we're going to explore some new tools and techniques. You're going to learn how to smooth out your brush strokes by modifying the streamline settings. You're going to be exploring the various brushes that are in Procreate and ways to layer them to create some really interesting textures. We'll explore some new effects in the adjustments menu. You'll be learning a few interesting ways to use the liquefy tool, and I'll also introduce some concepts related to visual composition to help make your illustrations even more eye catching. Then of course, at the end of the week, I have a lesson I designed to give you the opportunity to add some personal touches to your illustration. You'll create a bouquet with colors you love, flowers that inspire you, and you'll even get to dedicate it to someone special. Before we jump in, I want to share this week's tip for building your creative habit, and that is to keep the inspiration flowing. Having a steady source of inspiration makes it easier to show up for your practice. Most people don't know that even being inspired is a skill that you can build up over time. Once you become attuned to the things that inspire you, the things that make you light up inside, you start to see them everywhere, and it's really easy to find things that fuel your creative practice. We all go through those phases where it doesn't seem like we can find inspiration anywhere, which is why I have a couple tips to help you keep your sources of inspiration close at hand. Create a collection of images that spark your creativity. You can use sites like Pinterest. You can save Instagram posts into collections. You can even create an album in your camera roll on your phone. Can organize these into categories like I do. I have a board for colors that inspire me, one for people and characters. I have a flower inspiration board. The list goes on and on. Every time you sit down to draw, you can go through your inspiration images and just pull out one or two things about these images that inspire you. It could be colors, it could be the way that a texture is rendered or a particular art style, and use that to fuel your creative session. Another thing that I recommend doing is keeping a running list of ideas of things that you're excited to draw. This could be written down in a notebook. It could be a note on your phone. But anytime you think of, like, Oh, my gosh, I would love to draw XYZ, write it down on your list. Inspiration ebbs and flows, and there'll be times where you have a ton of things that you're excited to draw and you write them all down. And then there'll be times where you can't think of anything. And that's when these lists come in handy. Go to your list, revisit some of these things that you're excited about, pick one of them, and then you can get started. I find doing this so helpful to keep me excited about drawing. Work through the lessons this week, I want you to spend some time thinking about the things that inspire you, the things that make you excited to create. And now let's get started with our first lesson of flowers Week. 27. No.31 - Daisy: Hello, and welcome to drawing number 31 of this course and our first Lesson of flowers week. Today, we're going to be drawing a Daisy. This piece is in a minimalistic style. Now, minimalism is deceptively simple. Because there are so few details included in the illustration, it takes a lot of thought to choose which details to include or not include and how to depict them. This style is characterized by very simple shapes. Everything is usually very neat and orderly, and there's often a limited color palette involved, so not a lot of colors used as well. I'm excited about the skills that you're going to learn in this lesson. We're going to be exploring brush customization a little bit more. I'm going to talk to you about Procreate streamlined settings which will help smooth out your lines as you draw, which will be great for this minimalistic style. I'm also going to show you a quick way to create flower petals and a fun way to use the liquefy tool. Let's get started. Well, let's create a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right, and choose the kickstart course Canvas template. And we are going to start this piece with a sketch, so let's head into our brush library and choose the sketching pencil from the sample pack. And then we'll choose a dark gray as our color, and we can start sketching. Now, we're going to be creating a stylized hand that's going to kind of be in this position, holding a flower between these two fingers. And if you look here, this shape that your fingers make is very circular. So we're going to base the shape of those fingers as a circle. So let's start up some really simple shapes, kind of just lay out the structure of this hand. So let's start by sketching a circle very lightly, and then we'll sketch a shape for the form of the other three fingers. So we're going to sketch a curve this way. And then it's going to come back and down curve around and then kind of swoop down. And then on this side, we're going to kind of curve in and then over to the side. I know this looks kind of weird right now, but let's trust the process. Inside this circle, we're going to draw another circle that's kind of off center, a little closer to this side. And these are going to become our two little pitching fingers. Divide this area with a line, and then I'll zoom in and these are going to become the thumb and the finger. We're going to draw a curve that goes this way and this way. Then we can darken this area here. And then we can draw this curve down here and that's going to be our thumb. Then we'll draw this curve here and that's going to become our pointer finger. Now we have this shape. We're going to divide into three fingers. I'm just going to draw a line like that and then another line like that and then we'll divide it once more, and these will become our fingers. Here on this finger, we're going to draw that same type curve. Like that. That's one of the fingers. We'll do one more. Draw a little finger curve, kind of curve around like that, and then connect down. And the pinky is much shorter than the other fingers. So I'm going to start it right there. Draw that same kind of curve and then connect down to the hand. Then I'll also draw this edge of the hand, as well. A little bit darker. Okay. So now we have our hand shape. We're going to draw our flour. So over here is where our daisy is going to be, so we're just going to lay that out with a circle and then draw another circle inside for the center of the Daisy. Don't worry about drawing the petals. We don't have to draw those in our sketch because I have a really easy way for you to draw those. Then we're going to draw a line that curves and then comes in between the two fingers here and then kind of curves back around, form a nice kind of S curve. So let's go ahead and sketch a line that kind of curves up, comes down between the fingers here, and then crosses over, and then kind of curves around something like that. We can also add some leaves. This is going to be our stem. So we can add some leaves like that. Do one here, just kind of wherever they seem to fit well. Do one there. Another one kind of going into this space, and then one right here. As well. So there is our sketch. It's pretty messy, but don't worry about it. Let's go ahead and start working on the color. Go up to your layers and tap the plus sign to create a new layer, drag it underneath your sketch layer, and then reduce the opacity of the sketch layer, tap the, and move the opacity down to about 15 or 20%. And we're going to start by setting the background color of this piece, so tap background color. And we're going to do like a deep emerald. Let's move over into the bluish greens and then choose a nice deep color. Like that. I'm going to bring up the opasiu my sketch so I can see it just a little bit better. And now let's go to our brushes, and we'll choose the anchor from the sample pack. And then for the color of the hand, I'm going to do this in kind of a yellowish orange color. So something kind of like that'll look really nice against the green. I'll test out a little swash. That looks good. And then my brush size, I'll do around 10%. All right. Now before we draw anything, I just wanted to talk a little bit about the style of illustration that we're doing for this piece. It's very minimalistic, flat color, and very organic. And leans a lot more towards, like, sleek and smooth than expressive and messy. So when we draw the shapes of the different elements of this piece, we want our lines to be very smooth. Now, if you have practiced a lot, you can probably draw really smooth lines. But we also have some tools in Procreate that will help us out with that. We can modify a brush to kind of smooth out our lines for us as we draw. So let's go into our brush library, and we are going to duplicate this inker brush from the sample pack. So to do that, you're going to swipe swipe to the left and choose duplicate. And now we have a copy of that. So let's go ahead and tap into this copy to get into the brush studio. And we're going to go to the setting called stabilization. Now, this is a brush that I made, and so it does already have a bit of stabilization built into it, but we can turn it up to make it even smoother. So in order to see the effects of this, let's go ahead and just draw a squiggly line like that, and then one that's kind of a little bit more fast like that so a little more expressive kind of stroke. And you'll notice if you turn the streamline setting up, kind of smooth things out a little bit. I'll try to move my arm so you can see that. You don't want it to be all the way up, but you could turn it up a little bit to maybe like 75%. And then here under stabilization, you can turn that up as well, and you can really see the effects when you turn that up past 70%. It really smooths out your lines. Now, that is definitely not what we want. We don't want it to be that smooth. So let's turn it to maybe 30%. And you can see how it really smooths out your lines for you quite a bit more. There's also a pressure slider and that will streamline or smooth out the differences in pressure that you apply when you draw. That's another slider that you can play around with. I'll turn that up a little bit too, 47%. Then we'll just give this brush a name. We'll just call it streamline. We'll just add that to the end of the brush name. We know that's the version that's a little bit more streamlined. And tap done. Now, when we draw with this brush, our lines are going to smooth out just a little bit more. Now, there's another setting in Procreate that will apply this streamlined setting to all your brushes so you don't have to go in and change them one by one. And you can find that here under the Actions menu, prefs, pressure and smoothing. And there's a stabilization slider that you can turn up, and that will apply stabilization globally, so across all of your brushes. So if you find that you have, like, a really shaky hand or you don't have as good a hand control, you can always play around with that slider and turn it up, and that's going to control the stabilization for all of your brushes. But I'm going to go ahead and turn it down, and I'll just use this brush that I made. So let's go ahead and trace over our hand. My brush size right now is 25%. And now I'm going to trace over the outline of this entire hand using smooth continuous lines as much as possible. So you're going to want to start, where there's a corner, like right here and then draw each curve with a continuous flowing line. So I'm going to start here and just draw a continuous line that way. And then I'll do this kind of inner circle. Then I'll come over here and do this one. And then this finger over here starting again, like at this corner and drawing down like that. And I'll do this one. And then finally the pinkie. And then this side of the hand. Okay, so now that I've fully outlined the hand, I can fill that with color drop. And we can work on our flour. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to draw the stem of our flour next. So for the colors, I'm going to choose kind of a yellowish green to contrast the kind of bluish deep green that I have. I'll do, like, a light yellow green like that. Test a little swatch. That looks good. And I'm going to use consistent heavy pressure and a continuous line to make a smooth flowing curve like that. Might take a couple tries there you go. So there's my flower stem, and I'll use the eraser to kind of chop the end off, make a nice kind of squared off end to that, and then I'll also erase this part right where it meets the center of the flower. And then we can use our brush tool to draw in our leaves. So I'll go ahead and draw those on. And then I'm going to use the eraser tool with the same brush to chop off the tops and make these leaves kind of pointy. Here we go. Okay. Now we can draw our daisy. So let's go to our layers. We're going to tap the plus sign to create a layer. And I mentioned that I have a really easy way to draw these petals that kind of fits with this stylized minimalistic style. So let's go over to our colors, and we're going to choose a pure white, so just double top close to white. And then we're going to increase the brush size a bit. Let's do 28%. And we're going to start here and draw a line all the way down. So let's go a little smaller than that. 21%. And we're going to use heavy pressure to draw a consistent line, and we're going to use quick line to make it perfectly straight. So that's going to look something like this. Hold down heavy, draw your line, keep holding, and now you're in quick line. And before you let go, I want you to take one more finger and press it down anywhere on your screen, and you'll notice that it will snap your line to be perfectly vertical, horizontal or a few different areas, a few different degrees in between. But we want a perfectly vertical line. So go ahead and do that and then let go. And now we have a perfectly straight line. Okay, to make our petals, we're going to go into our layers and we're going to duplicate this layer. Swipe to the left and choose duplicate. Then go to your transform tool and we're going to rotate this. There's a rotate 45 degrees option, so go ahead and tap that twice so we can rotate it 90 degrees. And then go to your layers and you're going to merge these two layers together. You can tap the top layer and choose merge down or you can pinch them together, whatever's easier for you. And now we're going to duplicate this layer. So swipe to the left and choose duplicate and then go to your transform tool. And we're going to rotate this about a third of the way over. So we're going to grab this green node and rotate it. So it's about a third of the way between these two spaces here, these two petals. Okay. And then you're going to duplicate this 11 more time, so swipe to the left on that layer and choose duplicate, and then go to your transform tool and rotate it to fill in the other space like that. So this is going to make a perfectly symmetrical daisy. Go to your layers and merge all three of those layers together. And then we're going to use the liquefy tool to make our petals look a little more petal shaped. So let's go up to our adjustments menu, liquefy, and we're going to choose the pinch option. You might have to adjust the size slider, but you want the size of this to be just a little bit smaller than the total size of the daisy. And then you're just going to tap right into the middle and hold it down, and you'll see that's going to pull the petals and pinch them down into the middle, creating this kind of petal shape on all of the petals. If you hold it down and it shrinks the whole flower, you might have your brush size too big. And if you have your brush size too small, it's not really going to pull anything, so you might have to kind of experiment with the brush size to get it to do exactly what we want it to do, which is pull those petals to the center. And now we need to add a center to our daisy. So I'm actually going to make this a little bit bigger. I want my flour to be a bit bigger, so I'm just going to increase the brush or the size of the daisy just a little bit, and now make a new layer in our layers panel. Grab a yellow color for our daisy center. You can use quick shape if you want. Draw a circle and then hold your pencil down and then put another finger on your screen. I will snap to perfect circle. And then you can fill that with colors. Just make sure it's centered on your daisy. And let's go ahead and turn our sketch off now. Go to your layers and uncheck the sketch layer. And we need to address this area right here. The flower stem, we're going to want to go like, over one finger and then under another finger, so it looks like it's actually being held. So we'll use a layer mask to erase away part of the stem. So go to your layers and find the layer with the stem. Tap it and choose mask. And then you're going to go to the layer with the hand and tap it and choose Select. Now, we made a selection that's the same shape as the hand. And if we go back to this mask, this layer mask and choose the eraser tool, we can erase part of this stem away right where the hand is. So it looks like it's going behind. And because we're using a layer mask, we're not actually erasing anything. We're just kind of hiding that part of this stem. And there's our completed Daisy illustration. We definitely touched on some really useful features like adjusting the streamline settings and introducing a new way to use liquefy. Be sure to add this piece into your progress tracker. And in our next lesson, we're going to be exploring some painterly textures and draw a tulip. I'll see you then. 28. No.32 - Tulip: Welcome to drawing number 32. Today we're going to be drawing a tulip. This piece is a lot of fun. We're going to be doing a lot of brush exploration today. So we're going to be digging into a lot of the Procreates default brushes, exploring the different kind of marks that they can make, layering them together with different hues to create these really fun textured effects within our flower shape. I really think you're gonna enjoy this lesson, so let's go ahead and get started. Well, let's create a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course canvas template. And we will not need to be making a sketch for this illustration. We're going to jump right into color and playing with brushes. So we're going to paint the background first. So let's go to our color picker, and let's choose kind of like a nice light sky blue color. I like that, and then head into the brush library. We are going to be playing around with some of the built in procreate brushes. Let's start in the painting set. So go ahead and find the painting set. And then at the bottom of that, there should be the watercolor brush. Go ahead and select that. Now you can draw a little swatch with that brush just to kind of see what it looks like. I wouldn't call it like a truly authentic watercolor, you know, kind of effect, but it is nice and painterly, and it's going to create some nice effects for our illustration today. So I'm going to undo that. And we're going to fill in the background with some horizontal strokes. So let's go pretty big with the brush size. I'm at almost 80%. And then I'm just very lightly going back and forth. And sometimes I'll press down a little bit heavier, and I'll get more darker strokes because of that. And we can also shrink our brush size down a little bit more and then kind of do more strokes. We can also go into our colors and change up the hue a little bit so we can have some mixtures of colors. So go into your color picker, and we'll get a blue that's a little cooler, so that's closer to purple. And then you can layer on with that color as well. But just go ahead and keep layering until you feel the background is sufficiently full. I think that looks really nice. So now we can draw our flour. Let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we're going to choose white as our color. So we're going to go to our colors and double tap close to white. We're going to be drawing our flower shape in white, and then we're going to be filling that shape with lots of brush strokes and color. So choose white and then go over to your brushes, and let's go into the inking set. And choose the studio pen brush. This has a nice smooth edge so we can get a really smooth shape. So we're going to be drawing a stylized tulip, super simple flower. So for the flower part, we're going to draw a big arch. It takes up about half of the canvas, so that's going to look something like this. And then we're going to draw, like, the petal part with some zig zags. So let's draw about four petals like that. And then once it's a closed shape, you can fill it with color drop. And then we want to make the tips of our petals nice and sharp, so we can use the eraser tool to do that, tap and hold your eraser tool, and that we'll select Studio Pen as your eraser. And then just erase part of each of these little points away. Like that. And this one as well. Okay. So there is our tulip. We're also going to draw the stem and the leaves down here. So go back over to your brush tool. For the stem, we're just going to draw a narrow rectangle, kind of like that. Fill that with color drop, and then use the eraser tool to kind of just chop off the top and bottom. So we have nice sharp corners on this shape. And then go back to your brush tool, and let's draw some big almond shaped leaves. So those are going to look something like this, and fill that with color drop, and then we'll do this side as well. And fill that. And then we'll get our eraser tool and sharpen up this shape a little bit. I just kind of erase away the corners. There we go. So now that we have our tulip shape, we are going to use alfaloc to lock this shape and fill it with colorful brush strokes. So go up to your layers, and you can take two fingers and swipe to the right on the tulip layer. You can also tap that layer and choose alpaoq from the menu. And then we'll choose a color. So I'm going to go over to the color picker, and I'm going to do the tulip flour in a lot of pink colors. So I'm going to start over here in pinks, choose kind of a light pink to start. And then we'll go over to our brushes. And let's go back into the painting set and find that watercolor brush. And now we can start painting on our flower, and you want to do big strokes like this. However, you might notice that when you do that, your brush strokes carry into the stem and leaves. Let's actually use the selection tool to just isolate out the flower part of this so we don't have to worry about painting into the leaf part. So I'm going to undo that and then go to the selection tool and make sure you're in free hand mode and just draw a selection around the flower part. Make sure you close the selection by tapping the little gray circle. And you should see all these diagonal lines. That means your selection is active. If your selection fills up with color like this, make sure you don't have this color fill option turned on. If it's blue like that, just tap it. Okay. And now let's tap back over to our brush tool, and now we can start layering on a few strokes. So I'm going to mostly make these vertical strokes. We'll layer on a few. Some are going to be a little bit heavier than others. Some are long, some are short. We can also adjust the brush size. We can have narrower strokes like that. I don't have to fill it in all the way because we're going to be layering on lots and lots of strokes, different brushes, different colors. In fact, let's go over to our color picker now, and maybe we'll choose a warmer pink, so a little closer to red, maybe a little bit lighter as well. We can layer on that color. I'll go a little bit darker than that. And then maybe I'll get a pink that's a little cooler, so closer to, like, purple, a little darker, more saturated. Maybe do some heavier strokes so I can really start to see the color. And I'm just kind of going back and forth, layering on colors like this. There you go. Now let's start to experiment with some other brushes as well and see what kind of different textures we can make. Let's go into our brushes again and we can try out a different brush. Let's actually go into a different set. We'll go into this artistic set and try the leather wood brush. So go ahead and choose leather wood from Artistic. And then my brush size is 30%, I'm just going to very lightly brush that on. If I do it really heavy, it'll get really intense, but I'm going to go very lightly, and that's going to give this nice canvas texture. It's really fun. So do a few strokes with that brush. And you can always change up the color if you want, but I'm happy with that. So let's choose a different brush now. Let's go into the drawing set, and we'll try this brush called sticks. Bunch sticks from the drawing set, and I'm going to switch up my color a little bit, kind of going back and forth between, like, a warm pink and a cool pink, so I'll do, like, a warm pink now. And this one's cool. It's kind of streaky. We go a little bit darker so we can see it a bit better. So you can see that it's a little bit streaky. I kind of like that. We'll do a few strokes with that brush. Then maybe we'll do one more. Let's go into the charcoal set, and we can try the burnt tree brush. I can try a few strokes with that. My brush size, not super big, but I could try it with a much bigger brush size, and then I can get even more texture. I really like that. And then one more. Let's go back to the painting set. And I want you to find the brush called dry Brush. And I wanted to point this one out because this has kind of some color pulling properties, meaning it will kind of smudge the colors around on your canvas. So go ahead and choose dry brush and then try that one out. And you'll see, especially if you drag it through some of these, like, really textured areas, it'll drag the colors around and you kind of smudge them out, make them look a little bit more painterly. We can do a few strokes of that as well. Just keep playing around with the pinks and the different brushes until you're happy with the way that it looks. If you draw a little bit heavier with this brush, it'll also deposit a bit of the color that you have selected in the color picker. If you just go really lightly, it just smudges things around. Alright, so I'm pretty happy with how the flower is looking. So I'm going to move on to the leaves and the stem. Now, we want to do the same thing where we only have the leaves selected so we don't get our color into the flower part. So we're actually going to just invert the selection. If you have a selection active and you want to get back to your selection tool bar, all you have to do is tap and hold the selection tool, and then the tool bar will appear at the bottom. And now I can tap invert, and this is going to select everything except what I just had selected. So I have this area active now, and I can start playing some color there. Let's go to the brushes, and I'm going to start with that watercolor brush that was in the painting set. I think kind of keeping things consistent a little bit will help the piece feel unified and not make it. So it's just like a bunch of random brushes. So let's go into our colors, and I'm going to choose, like, a nice spring green, kind of a yellowish green. And here on the leaves, I'm going to do some kind of diagonal strokes. This. And then on the stem, we'll do vertical. And let's try a different color. So I'm going to choose a cooler green that's closer to blue, maybe a little bit darker layer on some of that color as well. And then we can start thinking about some other brushes that we might want to apply as well. So let's go into our brushes, and we can choose some of the same ones that we used in the flower part. We can choose different ones. Let's go into I'll go into the charcoal set and choose that burnt tree brush. You get a little bit darker green. Kind of layer a little bit of that on. And let's go into let's try the spray paint set. There's some really cool brushes here. The one called flicks is really nice, so I'm going to choose a little bit darker green for that. Kind of add these little flicks here. And maybe we can find something that's a little bit more streaky. So et's go back into the painting set and we can try. We'll try this turpentine brush and see how that looks. So that's one of those brushes that's going to drag colors around a lot. So it's kind of like smearing the strokes that I already added, but I kind of like the way that looks. And maybe we'll try this squash brush. I'm gonna go even cooler with my green, so even closer to blue. So it makes kind of like an emerald color. There we go. We have some really nice textures happening in our leaves and our stem, and I like it. So I'm going to tap to get out of the selection tool mode. So just tap the little selection tool. And I love all the textures that are happening here, but it is kind of a simple piece. So I thought it might be fun for this one to add a little bit of hand lettering. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And then we're going to choose white as our color. So go to your colors and double tap close to white to choose white. And then we're going to choose a different brush. So let's go to our brushes and go to the calligraphy set and find the shale brush. I really like this brush. It has some really nice texture to it. So let's zoom in here. So we could do some cursive lettering like this. And this brush is really nice because it has some streamlined settings built in, which we learned about in our last lesson. So we could do that, or we could do some, like, tall and skinny kind of quirky lettering. So I'll just create a new layer, and then I'll turn off this other one, and we'll do a different lettering style. So for this one, we're going to do really, like, tall and skinny letters. So I'll do B, kind like this, L, then an O. I'm trying not to make anything like line up or be the same size, just to make it really quirky looking. So there's another option. I kind of like that one a little bit better. And now we're all done. I hope you enjoyed this one, and it inspired you to maybe explore brushes in a new way. This is a really fun technique where you can just draw some really simple shapes and then have fun layering on brushes and colors and experimenting and seeing what kind of cool textures you can get. So definitely keep experimenting and seeing what else you can do. Don't forget to put this piece into your progress tracker and be sure to join me in the next lesson where we will be heading to the pond to draw some lotus flowers and lily pads. I'll see you in the next lesson. 29. No.33 - Lotus: Hi. Welcome to your next flower lesson. This is drawing number 33, and today we are going to be drawing a little grouping of lotus flowers floating on wie pads. There's a lot of elements to this piece, so I'm excited for you to explore an illustration that has a little bit more depth to it. We're really going to be working a lot with layers today. To show you how to create depth using the opacity setting. We're going to do some more brush customization to create the perfect brush for creating petals. I have another really cool way for us to use the liquefy tool, and we're going to be using some new adjustments today. We're going to use the motion blur tool in combination with liquefy to create a really cool rippled water effect. Let's go ahead and get started. Let's go ahead and create a new canvas. Tap the plus sign. Let's go ahead and create a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right, and choose the kickstart course Canvas template. We will not need to be making a sketch for this illustration. We're going to jump right into color, and we're going to start by setting our background color. Let's go up to our layers panel and tap background color. And then here on the ring, for our hue, we're going to choose kind of a bluish green color and then something really deep and rich about right there. And then we'll go into our brushes. And here in the sample pack, we're going to choos the ink or brush. And then for the color, we're going to choose the color that the lily pads are going to be, so that's going to be a green color, not too saturated. Test that color out, and I think that will do nicely. So we'll start by drawing a few lily pads. I'm going to zoom out a little bit. And we're going to draw three. We'll do one up here, one over here, and then one kind of over here. So I'll start by drawing this one. So just a circular shape like that and then fill it with color drop. And then we'll do one up here, kind of going off the edge a little bit like that, fill it with color drop, and then one more right here. Now we're going to be drawing some lily pads that are going to be underneath those lily pads and also a little deeper in the water. So let's go up to our layers, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to put this layer underneath the other layer. And then we'll draw a few more lily pads that are kind of, like, overlapping. So we'll do one right here. Fill that with color drop. We can do one right here. I know this is kind of turning into a blob, but trust the process. We'll do another one down here. And then one that's kind of going off the edge right there. So now let's go back into our layers. And in order to make the second layer of lily pads look like it's a little bit deeper in the water. We're just going to reduce the opacity of this layer. Tap the letter N and then just reduce the opacity. I'm going to do it to about 40%. And then let's tap back over to the top layer of lily pads. And we're going to use the selection tool to cut out the little slits in the lily pads. So let's go ahead and tap into our selection tool and make sure you're here in free hand mode. And then we're just going to tap to kind of make a really skinny triangle shape. And we're going to use that to erase away the slit in our lily pad. So I'm going to tap right here in the middle, come out to the side, go over a little bit, and then tap back to the middle, like that. And we're going to make all of our selections, and then we're going to erase. Let's do one over here. So we'll tap in the middle. Maybe I'll do a little bit different angle this time. We'll tap there, tap over, and then back to the middle. And then this one down here, maybe I'll have it pointing that way, tap to the middle, tap out here, go over a little bit, and then back. And there's a couple ways that you can clear out and erase what's in our selection. One of them is by going up to your layers panel, tapping the layer you have selected and choosing clear like that. And I'll show you the other way when we do our bottom layer of lily pads. So let's go back to our layers, and we'll tap the bottom layer of lily pads. Choose our selection tool, and then we'll cut out some of the little slits from these lily pads. So we're going to tap, tap, tap. Maybe this one I'll do this direction, tap into the middle, tap outside, tap over, and back to the middle. This one can go this way. I'm trying to kind of vary the direction of all these so they're not all facing the same direction. Then I'll do this one as well. Okay. So the other way that you can clear out a selection is with a gesture. You can take three fingers and then do like a Z motion that looks like this. And that's another way to clear your selection. All right. We've got our lily pads. Now let's get to the flower portion of this illustration and draw some lotus flowers. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to tap the topmost layer and then tap the plus sign to create a layer on top of all the other layers. And then we are going to choose a pink color for our lotus flowers. Let's choose like a light pink. And then over in our brushes, we still have the ink selected, and a lotus flower like characteristically is really pointy petals. And you might notice if you try to draw, like, a pointy petal with this brush, it's pretty rounded. It's a pretty rounded brush. So I'm going to show you how to modify this brush to create pointy tapered ends. So I'm going to undo that. And let's go up to our brush library, and we're going to duplicate this inker brush, so swipe to the left and choose duplicate. And then we're going to tap into the duplicate to enter the brush studio. Now, the settings we want are going to be found under taper. So go ahead and tap into taper. And I'm just going to draw a few little swatches so you can really see the changes in action. So here under pressure taper, we're going to grab these little nodes and drag them as far as you can towards the middle of this line. And you'll notice when we do that, you can see how the stroke changes and it becomes a really pointed shape at the beginning of the stroke like that. So this is going to be much more useful for drawing really pointed petals. But it's probably a little too pointy and thin. So let's make some adjustments so it's a little more petal shaped. So we can adjust the size slider, so it's a little bit bigger like that. We can turn the opacity slider all the way down. We don't need that. Let's try out the pressure. And that will make the strokes just a little bit thinner. And let's skip down here to the tip slider so you can see what that does. Slide it all the way to the right, and it's more of a blunt taper and then all the way to the left, and it's nice and sharp. So I'm going to increase that a little bit, maybe 15, 16%. You can also play around with the actual length of the taper as well. I'm about right there. Now, I've got something that I think is going to work a little bit better for our brush. Alright, let's go over to the properties tab, and we're just going to increase the maximum size of this so we can so that way, we can create some larger petals if we need to. And then go to about this brush, and we can call this pointy or tapered or something like that. I'll call it pointy. And then tap done. Now we can try out our brush and you can see how it makes these very nice petal shapes. You just want to make sure you don't press down too heavy at the beginning of your stroke or you won't get that point or get too big too fast. Light pressure. A flicking motion works really well. You can practice with that a little bit. And then once you've had enough practice, we'll use it to draw our flowers. So we could tap and undo all of these, or we could use that gesture I just showed you and just clear out the layer. So take three fingers and do a little Z motion and clear out the layer, and now we can draw our lotus flower. So first, we'll decide where we're going to place our flowers. I think we'll do one here. So I'm going to draw a little dot there. We can do one right here and then maybe one more right there. Let's zoom into this one here, and we're going to draw some petal shapes that all converge to this center point like this. So there's one. We'll do this one as well. And then we'll do the one up here. And then our lotus flowers are going to be layered. So we're going to do another layer of petals underneath. So go up to your layers menu, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we're going to put this underneath the other flower layer. So it's right there. And then get a color that's just slightly darker. And then we're going to add petals in between, like this. We'll do this one next. And then this one. And then the final layer of our lotus flowers will be the centers. So let's create a layer on top of the other two, so you can just tap the top layer and then tap the plus sign. And then we're going to choose a yellow color for the flowers centers. And let's switch back to the original inker brush. I'm going to tap that brush from my brush library. And we're going to draw a circle in the middle and make it a little bit irregular by tapping some dots kind of along the edge of the circle like that. And then we'll do this one. So we're going to draw the circle and then tap along the edge to make it a little more irregular. And then we'll do this one. Draw a circle and tap. And tap. Here we go. Okay, so we've drawn all the main shapes of this illustration. Now it's time for the next step, which is to add texture and a little bit of shading. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to turn on alpha lock on all of our layers, so we can add some texture inside these shapes. So just take two fingers and swipe to the right on all these layers. And we're going to start by adding some texture to the background. So let's actually create a new layer, and then you're going to drag this layer to the bottom of the list. So let's go to our brushes, and we're going to choose the crumple texture brush from the sample pack. And then sample the background color and choose a color that's a little bit darker than that color, darker and more saturated. So we're gonna go this way. And then let's do about 70% for our brush size. And then we can just tap this brush. We over the canvas in a few spots. You can also do brush stroke with it like that. And maybe we'll also layer on a color that's a little bit lighter. So we'll go this way. Oops, maybe we'll do the brush size all the way big for this lighter color. Just tap that in a few places to give our water some texture. Let's texturize our lily pads. Let's go to our brushes, and for the lily pads, we're going to choose the press fine brush from the sample packs, so go ahead and choose that. And let's sample our lily pad color with our finger and then choose a color that's a little bit darker and more saturated like that. And then make sure in your layers you have the top lily pad layer selected. And then you can brush on this kind of press texture. So go ahead and draw over that. Brush over all the different lily pads. O. And then go to the bottom layer of lily pads and do the same. We don't need to select a different color to do these lily pads because these if you remember, are the exact same colors the top one, they just have the opacity turned down. Okay. So we've got some texture on these. Now we're going to add even more color and texture to these lily pads with a really fun use of the liquefy tool. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to create a clipping mask to add this other texture. So tap the top layer of lily pads, tap the plus sign to create a new layer, tap the new layer and choose clipping mask from the menu. And let's switch brushes, too. So go to your brushes, and we're going to go into the artistic set. This is one of the built in brush sets and find the brush called Aurora. So go ahead and choose aurora. And the cool thing about this brush, and you can just brush a little bit over one of the lily pads is it has all this color variation built into the brush. So every one of the stamps that makes up this brush stroke is a little bit different color. So let's zoom out. I'm gonna undo that. I'm gonna make the brush size a little bit bigger, 40%. And we're gonna brush along the outer edge of the lily pad. I'm going to do that on all the lily pads. Just around the outer edge like that. So now we're going to go into the adjustments menu and choose liquefy. And we're going to tap over to the pinch setting. And you might remember this from the Daisy lesson. We used it to make all the petals kind of converge into the middle. And we're going to do the same thing with our lily pads. So you might have to adjust your size a little bit, but what we're going to be doing is we're going to tap right into the middle of the lily pad, and that's going to drag all of that to the center and create this cool, like, striping effect, like that. If your brush size isn't big enough, like, here, I'll make it smaller, it probably isn't going to do anything at all. And then if it's too big, it's just going to shrink everything. So you kind of have to find the right size. So your brush would be about the same size as lily pad itself. My iPad model has the hover feature, so I get this little preview of my brush cursor. So let me go and do that again. Just keep dragging into the center until it looks like you want it to look. Think about that is good. So I'm going to do this one next. If I turn up the pressure slider, that's going to make it go a little bit faster, so we can turn that up. There's one, and then I'll do this one here, tapping into the middle and pulling all that color. I probably have the brush size a little bit too big for that one, so I'm going to shrink it back down. There we go. That's good. Okay. Now I'll tap to get out of liquefy mode. And now we have this really cool effect on our lily pads. We're going to do the same thing for the lily pads that are on the second layer, the ones that are underneath. So let's go to that layer. We're going to tap the plus sign, and then we'll tap this new layer and choose clipping mask. I'm not sure why it's making them even more transparent. That's weird. I've tried it a couple of times. But I'm not sure why it's doing that as soon as I add the clipping mask. But we can compensate. Let's go ahead and turn the opacity up on that layer, so tap the N and then just increase the opacity a bit, like that. And now we can use that aurora brush and paint around the edge of these like that. Do this one here. And then this one over here, maybe a little smaller with my brush size since that one is a bit smaller. And then we'll go to the adjustments menu, liquefy, and use the pinch tool. I'm going to make my brush size a little bit smaller here and pinch that into the center. Do the same thing here. We're going to kind of estimate where the center would be. So here, and we'll do this one. There we go. And then this one over here. Oops maybe decrease my brush size a little bit. Okay. All right. We've added some fun effects to our lily pads. Now, we're just going to add a little bit shady in detail to our flowers. Let's go to our layers, and we're going to choose the top layer. There's two layers for the flowers we're going to choose a top layer. We're going to go to our brushes and go back to the sample pack and choose the soft shading brush. And I'll zoom in on this one. I'm going to sample the top color. And then I'm going to choose a color that's a bit darker, more saturated, maybe even a little bit cooler. And now I'm going to make my brush size a little bit bigger, 25%. Yeah. And then I'm just going to brush this color into the center of this lotus. Then I'm going to do that on all of them. So I'm going to brush this darker color right into the middle. Like that. There we go. Then we're going to do the same for the bottom layer. So we're going to go to the bottom layer of petals, and I'm going to get just a little bit darker and then use that to paint underneath. And that'll show some separation between the layers of petals. There we go. And you can also add some line details to these flowers. So let's choose we can do the gritty tilt liner from the sample pack, and we can draw some lines on the petals like this. And you want to go around to all your petals and add these little lines. You do not have to be perfect. Once you've done all the petals on the bottom layer, we can do the ones on the top layer, so we're going to select the top layer of petals, and I probably need a color that's not so dark. So I'm going to sample the darker color I have here. Maybe just go a tiny bit darker than that and then draw some line details on these petals. So go around and add some little line details to all your petals. Okay. And then finally, we're going to add some detail to the centers of the flour. So we're going to select that layer. I'll zoom into this one. I'm sample the yellow color. And then I'm going to choose a color that's a little bit darker and orange, like, more closer to orange like that. And I'll choose that soft shading brush from the sample pack and maybe make that brush size a bit smaller. And then we're just going to shade a little bit into the center of the flower or the center of the center of the flower. I'll do that on all three. There you go. And then we'll add some line details with that gritty tilt liner. So I'm going to go even more closer to orange here, a little darker, and then draw some little dots kind of along the outside, like that. Just to give it a little bit of texture. I'm just kind of like dotting the brush. My brush size, by the way, is 13%. And then this one over here. Et me go. And then you could be done with this illustration if you want, but I'm going to show you one more thing just to add a little bit of ripply texture to the water. So we're going to go to our layers, and we're going to put a layer that's in between the two lily pad layers. So I'm going to tap this layer with the clipping mask for the lower lily pads and tap the plus sign because our water ripples would be at the water surface, and these lily pads are kind of below the surface. So that's why we're putting it there. Let's sample the background color and then choose a color that's a lot brighter. So almost like a really, really light blue. Then go to your brushes, and we're going to go into the spray paint set and choose the brush called flicks. And my brush size, let's do, like, 35%. And we're just going to brush. This is going to look really intense, but trust the process. We're going to brush just some little areas of flicks kind of sporadically on the surface like that. Once you've done that, go to your adjustments menu, and we're going to choose motion blur. So go ahead and choose motion blur, and then you're going to move your Apple pencil across the screen over to the right like this. And you'll notice when you do that, it kind of stretches everything out. If you move your pencil up or down, it kind of changes the direction of the motion blur. So maybe we'll do some blur that's kind of diagonal like this. So something like that. Now, because all these lines are really straight, it looks more like ice than water. So we're going to add some ripples with the liquefy tool. So go up to the adjustments menu, liquefy, and we're going to choose twirl right or twirl left. It doesn't really matter. Let's turn the pressure up to, like, 60% and turn the distortion up a little bit, too. So like, 35%. And then the size, I'll start with, like, 65%. And then you're going to just basically drag very slowly across to create a ripple effect. And now we're just going to very slowly move the Apple pencil across the screen. And as we do that, you'll see that these lines will get ripply If you recall back to the lesson from kick Start version one, where we do the poppy. We use this effect to create kind of ripoly petals. It's kind of soothing to just slowly move your pencil across the screen. The longer you hold your pencil in place, the more ripply it will get. So you can kind of control it that way. But now we have this beautiful almost like Marbly kind of effect. And one thing I wanted to mention is if you have the Apple Pencil Pro, it might not respond to dragging across. You actually have to twist your Apple Pencil Pro in order to get this kind of twirl to work, or you can turn that setting off in your preferences. If you don't have an Apple Pencil Pro, you can just ignore this. But if you do, go up to the Actions menu, press and then go to gesture controls. And then here under General, you can turn off rotate liquefy with the Apple Pencil Pro. So that just allows you to twist your Apple pencil in order to do the liquefy. I turned it off. Okay. So there's our ripple effect. If it's looking a little too intense, you can always go to your layers, tap the end, and then just reduce the opacity of that. And there is our final lotus and lily pad illustration. I think it's such a fun one with a lot of really cool effects. So go ahead and add this to your progress tracker. In our next lesson, we are going to be drawing a sweet sunflower, and in that lesson, you're going to learn how to draw a flower from an angle. I'll see you in the next lesson. 30. No.34 - Sunflower: Welcome to our next lesson. This is drawing number 34, and we are going to be drawing a sunflower today. In this lesson, you're going to be focusing more on your drawing skills as you learn how to draw a flower in three D. You'll learn how you can use simple shapes and lines to set up the framework for your flower. You can use these techniques to draw a flower at just about any angle. And then I'm going to introduce a new brush from the sample pack that we're going to use to add a little bit of texture and shading to our sunflower. Let's get started. Let's create a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the kickstart course Canvas template. And we're going to be sketching today. So let's go into our brushes, and we'll choose the sketching pencil from the sample pack. And we'll choose a dark gray for a color. So far, we've been drawing flowers that are just like flat, like, straight on. So if we were going to sketch kind of a structure for a sunflower at that angle, it might look something like this. A circle in the middle, and then the circle on the outside to kind of represent all the petals, just kind of drawing that very quickly. So it looks something like that. But since we want to draw our sunflower from an angle, we're going to draw all these circles at an angle. And let's draw an oval, which essentially is a circle at an angle. So that's going to be our flowers center. And then for the petals, we're going to draw another oval around that. It should look kind of like a ring or a plate or something like that. Now, our flowers center is going to be kind of like a mound. So we're going to draw a kind of mound shape on top of it edge to edge like that. And now we can start drawing in the petals. I'm just going to reduce the size of this just a little bit. There we go. Okay, so starting with the petals on this side of our flower. So we're going to find the center point of this side of the oval and draw a line straight out like that. And this is going to become our center petal. So I'm just going to draw a petal shape. Kind of like a tear drop. And then we're going to keep adding lines to form all the other petals on this side of the flower. So that's going to look something like this. We're going to draw a line that kind of curves around like that and go over a little bit and kind of curve around like that. And then maybe one more. So it should look something like that. And then we're going to do the same thing on this side, so I'm going to draw a line that kind of curves down like that. As you get closer to the long side of the oval, these curves kind of stretch out a little bit more. So it should look something like that. Should start to look a little bit like a doughnut or an inner tube. And then we're going to use these lines to be our guidelines to draw the individual petals. So I'm going to draw a curve kind of around this one like that and then do like an S curve back in, like that. And then the same thing for this one, so we're just going to kind of draw up and then connect to the tip of that and then like S curve that back in, and then keep going and do all the petals in pretty much the same way. Like that. And then we're gonna do the same thing for these over here. So like that. I'll make that one a little bit longer. We'll do this one. And then this one. And then this one. So it should look like little scallopy shapes on the top. And then, of course, pointed petale shapes on the bottom. And now we're going to do the petals on this side. So kind of starting from this middle petal, we're going to draw an imaginary line back and draw a straight line there. And then we'll turn that into a petal shape like that. And then we're going to draw lines that kind of curve around in the same way. So I'll start one here, do another one. In the end, this should look kind of like that doughnut inner tube shape. And then we'll keep going and do these on this side. We go to curve around this outer oval like that. Now we can turn those into petals. We'll do one here. I'm going to skip one, and I'll come back to it. I'm gonna do this one. And then I'm going to come back to this one because this petal might be like underneath these petals, so I'll draw it last. There we go. I'll skip this one and do this one. And then I'll do this one in the middle. Here we go. And let's do the same thing on the other side. So I'll start by drawing this petal. Skip this one. Do this one here, and then come back to this one in the middle. And then I'll do I think I'm going to add one more right there. And then this one in the middle. So there's all our petals. We're also going to add a little ladybug here, and we're going to build it using ovals that are the same angle as our sunflower. So I think I'll draw it right here. And our ovals were kind of that angle, so draw a little oval, and then we're going to add a mound to it just like we did for our flower. And then we'll also add a little head, a smaller oval, and then add a little mound to that. And that's going to end up being our lady bug. That's all we'll add for now. Well, you can draw little legs on if you want, but we'll come back to that in a little bit. Okay, so we need to add a stem and some leaves to our sketch. I'm going to make my sunflower just a little bit smaller so I make sure I have room for a stem and some leaves. And then our stem is gonna come out from the center of the flower. So if you want to find the center of the flower, you can just draw a line kind of from this side to this side, and then this side to this side. And there is our center point. So we can draw our stem coming out from that point like this and then just thicken it up a bit. There we go. And then we're going to add some leaves. So I'm going to do one leaf that's going to be about right there. And then the other leave is probably going to be about right there. We'll start with these basic shapes and then add some curves to them to make them a little bit more interesting. I'm going to show where the leaf is going to connect to the stem with a line like this going down the middle of the leaf. And then same thing for this one. There we go. And then we'll make the leaves look a little more like heart shaped like a sunflower leaf. So just kind of add another curve like that. And then we'll do the same thing here. There. And then, of course, you'll end up making these stems a little thicker, as well. But there is our finished sketch. Now we're ready to color it. Let's go to our layers, and we're going to tap the end and reduce the opacity of our sketch. Create a new layer, then move the layer underneath the sketch layer. And then we're going to go to our brushes, and we're going to start by drawing our petals. And we're actually going to use the pointy version that we made for the lotus lesson to draw our petals. So go ahead and choose the ink pointy or whatever you call it. I called it pointy. And then go over to your colors, and we're going to choose a nice bright yellow for our sunflower petals. And let's get started. So we're going to start by drawing just the petals that are in front of the middle of the flower. So we're going to start with this one here. So starting at the kind of pointy part of the petal, because we have this brush that creates points at the beginning of our strokes, we're going to draw the petal shape like that, then start there again and do that side. My brush size is a little big. I'm going to make it smaller like 20%. So I'm going to draw a line that goes all the way down into the next petal, and then I'll do the next one, starting here at the point. A like that and do that side. Now this one. There we go. Then keep going all the way down. I'll draw this center petal. And now the other side, I'm just going to keep going the same way. We're going to end up filling these all in with color drop. Just keep going drawing all the petal shapes. And I think that's all we're going to do on this layer. So now we're going to fill these all with color drop. So we're just going to drag and drop into these spaces, and then you can tap continue filling up at the top, and then you can just tap, tap, tap into Oops. That one maybe I didn't close it completely. I'll come back to that one, but I'll do the other ones. And then I'll just make sure this is a fully closed shape, and then I'll fill it with color drop. There we go. Okay, so we've done the front ones, and now we're going to do the back ones on a separate layer. So create a new layer and drag it underneath the other layer of petals, and we're going to do the same thing with these petals. So we're just going to do the outer outline of these petal shapes. So starting at the tip and going backwards. Keep on going all the way down. I love that we have this brush now because its making these pointy petals so much easier. Almost done. Okay. And then we want to make sure that this is going to be a completely closed shape. So it might be helpful to turn off your other layer of petals, and then you're just going to connect those two together and fill that in with color drop. And then turn back on your previous layer of petals. Then add another new layer, and we want this layer to be in between the two petal layers because now we're going to draw the center of our sunflower. So go into your colors and choose a nice brown color. So go into the orange hues, then brown color about like that. And then go over to your brushes, and we'll choose just the regular ink for this. And then we're going to draw the center of our flour. I'm going to do that in one continuous stroke so I get a nice smooth line. You could also choose that streamlined version of the inker. If you want to smooth things out a little bit more. There we go. And then just make sure it's a closed shape and then fill it with color drop. Hey, it's coming along nicely. Let's go ahead and do our stem now, create a new layer, and then move that layer underneath all the other ones. And before we draw our stem and leaves, I'm going to set the background color because I want to make sure the green that I'm choosing for the leaves doesn't clash with the background. So let's tap into background color, and I'm going to do a nice orange for this one to give it like an overall, very warm kind of color palette. So choose a nice orange for your background, something like that. And now we're going to choose a color for our stem. So I'm going to choose a very warm green, so a yellowy green, maybe something like that. Try that out. Maybe I'll go a little bit lighter. Looks good. And let's draw the leaves first. I'm going to draw the leaf shapes like that. And then the stem. I'll just go past where I need it to because I'm going to cover that with the stem. Do that little stem for the leaf and then leaf shape. And fill that with color drop and fill this one with color drop. Alright, got the leaves. Now we just need to do the stem. Let's tap the plus sign to create a new layer and draw the stem. Make sure it's a close shape, and then fill that with color drop. Gonna make my leaf stems just a little bit thicker, I think. Sunflower is very heardy flour. It's not dainty. All right. We've drawn the main shapes of this illustration. Now we're ready to add texture and details. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to turn on alpha lock on all these layers so that we can add texture inside these shapes. So take two fingers and swipe to the right on all these layers. And let's start with this layer, the one that has the petals that are in the back. So go ahead and select that layer. And then for your brush, we are going to choose the toothy pastel from the sample pack. This brush is from my artist's pastel set and it has some really nice texture. So go ahead and choose toothy pastel. And then we're going to sample our yellow petal color. And we're going to choose a darker version of that color to add a little bit of shading and texture. Let's go to our colors. Now, when you're choosing a darker yellow, you might think to just kind of go darker. But if you use that color, it's going to look really muddy and yucky. So when you're choosing a darker yellow, you actually want to go a little bit more oranger closer to red. So we're going to go a little bit oranger, a little bit darker like that and try that out. You see how that looks so much nicer. Choose a little bit oranger color and then my brush size is all the way up, and we're just going to kind of brush in a little bit of this darker color along the inner part of these petals like this. Let's go all the way around like that, and then you can also add a little bit kind of in between the petals a little bit, like that. There we go. And then we're going to do the same thing for the petals that are in the front as well. So let's go to that layer. It's this one here. And then we're going to add a little bit of this darker color kind of along the inside edge. Like this. The kind of you can also add a little bit of this darker color where the petals might overlap a little bit. Like that. Miss a spot there. And then you can also add in a little bit of a lighter color as well. So you can sample this yellow again. And then if you want to choose a lighter version of yellow, you might just go make it closer to white. But that again, will make it look kind of like washed out. So instead, let me sample that color again. You're going to go a little lighter, but then also a little closer to green. And you might think that's going to look too green, but if you try it out, you'll see that it actually looks pretty accurate. So I'm going to brush a little bit of this lighter color into some of these petals kind of towards this upper side of the petal. I just brush that on lightly. It's looking nice. And then we will do the petals in the back, so choose the layer with the back petals. And then we'll add a little bit of this highlight to the petals, as well. There we go. Alright. Looking good. Looking good. Let's add some texture to the center of our flour, so tap into that layer. Sample the brown color. And we're going to choose a color that's a little bit darker. And then we're going to add our texture in an oval shape that's similar to the oval that we used in our sketch. And that's going to give us a little bit of contouring and a little bit of shape to the sunflower center. Darken this area down here by the petals. And then I'm going to go ahead and go even darker with the color, and we'll do kind of, like, another ring of this kind of darker color like this. We have kind of like a patch in the middle that's lighter. Then we have kind of a stripe down here that's darker. And then down here by the petals, we're going to darken that up a little bit, those would be in shadow because the petals are right there. There we go. So add enough of the darker color to make it look like it has some nice texture. I think that looks good. And let's do the same for our stem. So let's go to the layer with the stem. We'll sample that color, and I'm going to choose a color that's a bit darker and also a little cooler. When I'm choosing a green that I want to use, like for shadows or something like that, I go cooler as well. And then we'll kind of brush that on. Like this. Go add a little bit of darkness right here underneath the flower because it would be casting a shadow onto the stem. There's our stem. You can also add a little bit lighter colors in there. Just kind of mix it up a little bit. And then we'll do our leaves. So go to the layer with the leaves and sample the color. Go a little bit darker and just kind of brush some all over texture onto the leaves. There we go. Just kind of all over like that, and then get a darker version of that color. Kind of brush that in along the middle part of the leaf. There we go. Don't need to add too much to the leaves. Alright, now we're going to add some line details. So let's tap the layer with the top petals, ones that are in front, the tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And we're going to switch brushes. We're going to choose the sketching pencil to do our line details for this illustration. And then for the color, let's sample our petal color, and then we're going to get a much darker version of that color. So if you remember, we're going to go down a little darker, but then we're also going to go closer to orange and red. And you can try that out and see that looks good. I'm going to go a little bit darker. So it ends up being kind of like a brownish color. That looks good. And we're going to use this brush to do all of our little line details. So we're just going to use it. My brush size is 33%. I kind of just outline the edge of the petals like this. So we're kind of just adding definition and showing where each individual petal is. I'm not using a clipping mask or anything, so I'm just kind of making sure to stop when I get to the edge like that. So go around and draw the edges of all your petals. Almost done. Okay. And then we're going to add some little lines. You know, petals are a little ruffly so we're going to add a few little lines kind of on the inside of each petal like this. And you kind of want these lines to follow the same curve of the petal. Remember that guideline we originally drew, I had a particular angle, a particular curve. So we're kind of making these lines follow that curve. There we go. And a few more. There we go. Almost done. Just a few more to go. And last one. All right. So we've got some nice line details on our petals. We're going to add some line details to our leaves and stem as well. We're just going to do those directly on the layer. So we're going to sample the stem color. So we're going to sample the stem color and then get, like, a darker and cooler version of that. So a little closer to, like, towards the blues. And that's probably not quite dark enough, so I'm going to go a little bit darker, a little cooler. Probably a little too saturated. I'm gonna go a bit darker. There we go. That's it. Then we're going to draw some lines that go down along the stem like this. There we go. Then we're going to go to the layer with the leaves and we're going to draw a line down the center of our leaves and then some lines that come out like this. These would be the veins of the leaf. I'll do the same thing on this one. It's kind of like an S curve. There we go. One more. And there is one last little detail we're going to add to this illustration, and that's our little Ladybug friend. So it's somewhere around here. So I'm going to turn the opacity of the sketch up a little bit so we can see it. There's our little Lady Bug. And then create a new layer above all the other ones, and we'll use that to draw our ladybug. Let's switch back to the Inker brush. And then we're going to choose a nice deep red for our ladybug color. And then we're going to draw the shape of the ladybug like this, color that in. And then we'll also draw the shape of the head in red, but we are going to end up making it black. I'm going to turn the opaqity of my sketch down a little bit more now. And we're going to turn on Alpha lock on this ladybug layer. So just take two fingers and swipe to the right. And now we're going to choose black as our color. And we're going to draw a line back the center of our ladybugs back. And then we'll color the head in black like this. And then a part of the back is actually black, too, so I'm going to draw kind of like a little curve there on that side of the line and then on the other side of the line. And now we can draw some dots. Ladybug has got to have spots. Do a couple on that side. And let's grab a little bit lighter gray. We'll add a little tiny highlight on the top of our ladybugs head a little bit on the back. And now let's turn off Alpha, and we'll add legs and antenna. So take two fingers and swipe to the right on that layer, and then select black again as your color. And we're going to draw some little antenna, so you might want to make your brush size a little bit smaller. There's one. G one there. And then legs. Do really simple little ladybug legs. And now we can turn off our sketch, go up to your layers, tap the checkbox to uncheck the sketch layer and admire your beautiful sunflower. Now it's definitely a bit more effort to draw a flower from an angle versus straight on. But as you can see, the result is something really special. So be sure to add this sunflower to your progress tracker. In our next lesson, we're going to be drawing a beautiful bouquet of flowers, and this lesson is going to give you another opportunity to create an illustration that has some of your own personal touches. I'll see you in the next lesson. 31. No.35 - Bouquet: Hello, and welcome to our final lesson of Flowers Week. This is lesson number 35, and today we are drawing a bouquet. This being our final lesson of the week, I designed it so that you have plenty of opportunity to add your own personal touches. You'll really be able to customize this bouquet with flower shapes that you love, colors that you love, and you're going to be able to dedicate this piece to someone special. I made you a special resource just for this lesson, and you'll find it in your Kickstart two class resources. I have a flower inspiration sheet with lots of different flower shapes that you can choose from to create your own bouquet. And you'll also want to think back to our rainbow lesson where we explored colors. Think about some of those color palettes that you made that really made you happy and use some of those colors in your bouquet. We're also going to be talking a little bit about visual composition. So this is how you can lay out the details of your piece so that they're pleasing to the eye. Without further ado, let's go ahead and get started with this bouquet illustration. Let's begin by creating a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. We're going to start by sketching a basic structure that we can use to create our floral arrangement for this bouquet. Let's go up to our brushes and we'll choose the sketching pencil from the sample pack, then we'll choose a dark gray as our color. The bouquet is going to be a triangular shape. So we're going to draw that basic form. Draw a little line down here, and this is where all the stems are going to come together, and then we'll draw some lines going up to form sort of a triangle shape and then connect at the top with a curve line like that. And then down here on the bottom, we're going to draw kind of a triangular shape going the other way, and this is where all the stems are going to kind of come out. And now we're going to use some basic circles to kind of lay out our floral arrangement. We'll start with our focal point flowers. The focal point is where your eyes are going to look first, so these should be the biggest. So we're going to draw some circles to designate where these focal point flowers might go. Now I did three flowers for a reason. In visual composition, there's something called the rule of odds. And essentially, that means an odd number of objects is more pleasing to the eye. And the reason for that is because our brains love patterns and love to pair things together to create order and give it a chance to relax. When there's an odd number of objects, we can't easily pair them together, and there's always one left on its own, and our brain doesn't exactly know what to do with it, so it's going to keep looking around the composition in order to try and make sense of things. Which is actually a good thing. When you're creating art, you want your eye to travel around the composition. So that's why we're doing three focal point flowers. I'm going to label these with a number one, so I know that they're all the same flower, and then I'm going to add a different kind of flower now. Now we're going to add a second flower to our arrangement. So we're going to draw some circles that are a little bit smaller. So maybe we can put one here. Put one over here, and then maybe one right there. And then we'll call these flower number two. And let's add a third flower. So this one can be we'll do it up there. Down here and right there. And we'll mark these as flower number three. And then finally, we're going to add some filler flowers. These are going to be really small flowers to kind of just fill in any holes. So we'll do some small circles to designate where those might go. Maybe over here. We can have some kind of peeking out over there. I think that looks good, and I'll mark those as four. Okay. We're not going to sketch the individual flower shapes, we're just going to jump right into color. So let's go up to our layers. We're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer. I'm going to move this layer below the sketch layer and then reduce the opacity of the sketch. Then we'll also select our background color. So tap down to background color. Now, one thing I want to mention when it comes to coloring this piece, I want you to think of what your favorite colors are, what your favorite color combinations are, and choose colors that speak to you because I want you to make this as personal as possible. If you're not sure what colors to pick, you can always follow along with me and then maybe try this illustration again with some of your own colors. So for the background, I'm going to do a dark background so that the kind of bright flowers really pop. So I'm going to do kind of a purple, but, like, a really deep dark purple. Kind of like that. And if it makes it hard to see your sketch because the sketch is also dark, you can go back to your sketch layer, tap the little N, and try out one of these blend modes, and see which one maybe makes it easier for you to see. I'm going to do the multiply blend mode, and then maybe just turn up the opacity a little bit so you can see it a little bit better on the camera. All right. We're ready to start drawing our flowers, and we're going to do them in the order that they are numbered, starting with our focal point flowers and then working our way down to the smaller ones. If you're not sure what kind of flowers you want to draw, I made you a handy little resource to help you out. So let's go ahead and open it up using the split screen feature. So I'm going to drag up from the bottom to pull up the dock and I'm going to find the files app and drag it over to the side like that, resize it, so it's a bit smaller. And then navigate to the Kickstart two class resources and open up the flower shape file. There we go. And so I created this little reference sheet with some flower shapes to inspire you. So you can choose any of these flower shapes to create your flowers. It's totally up to you what you want to do. So I think I'm going to start off with this one right here. So I'm going to choose a brush. For this illustration, we're going to use the brush, the toothy pastel brush from the sample pack, and it's going to have this beautiful pastel look to this illustration. And let's choose a color. I'm going to start off with a pink flower. So I'll just use a light pink to start. My brush size right now, let's do about 30%. And now I'm going to draw this, which is essentially a very round shape with some little scalloped edges like that. So I'm just going around and adding little curves all the way around like that. Fill that in. And then I'll do the next flower, wherever I have those number one circles, draw another one of these shapes. So a circle with some kind of like scallop shapes around the edge. Do that one a little bit smaller. Okay. And now we're going to add the line details to this flower. So go up to your layers, and you're going to turn on alpha lock. So take two fingers and swipe to the right. And then I'm going to choose a color that's a bit darker. For my line details. That works nicely. So I'll start with this one. Gonna go smaller with the brush size, maybe like 10%, maybe a little smaller. And then I'm going to draw kind of a circular shape in the middle. And then I'm going to draw these kind of, like, curves going around. And once I finish a curve, I'm going to start the next curve by attaching it to the previous curve. So that'll look something like this. So I'm not going to start here. I'm actually going to start on the other petal, and that will help them look like they're kind of overlapping each other. So starting on this petal, go back to this petal, and then just kind of keep going like that all the way around. The petals should get kind of bigger and bigger as you go. Then you can keep going until you fill in the whole flower with that. There's one of our flowers. Now I'll do the same thing over here, add a center, and then start doing petals. Again, starting each new petal attached to the previous petal. This has a lot of nice movement because essentially you're making a spiral design out of these curvy petal shapes. Keep going around. There we go. And then one more, draw our little round center and then get started with our petal shapes. I think this petal drawing can get a little therapeutic, kind of, like, get in the zone with it, drawing curves and going around and around. Okay. All right, so we have our first three flowers. Now we're going to move on to flower number two. So we're going to create a new layer. And then for that one, I think I'm going to do this kind of like tulip sort of shape or like a bowl type flower. So I'm gonna do something like that. So I'm going to do this one a little cooler pink, a little bit darker. Yeah, maybe something like that. That looks really pretty next to this other pink. So I'm gonna find flower number two, which there's one right here, a little bigger with my brush size. So this one's going to be like a little cup shape with some scallops inside of it. So I'll go around and do all of those. Here's the next one. Just go to color those in. And then I have one more here. It's kind of overlapping my first flower. There we go. All right. Color those in fully. And then we're going to add some detail to these now. So we're going to turn on alfalo. Go to your layers and turn on alfaloc with the two fingers swipe. And then I'm going to choose a color that's darker and more saturated, and this is going to be the color of the like inside of the flour. So to draw that, we just draw another. I'm gonna go smaller with the brush eyes. So it's a little more precise. Another kind of scallop shape like that, and then color in the top part of that. I should look something like that. And then I'll do the same here. There we go. Color that in. And then this one over here. Oops. Color her in the wrong side. Do that one more time. Make sure you color in the top part. There we go. And then you can also add a few little line details to this. Just have some lines that kind of go down the cup shape of the tulip. I don't know if it's a tulip. It's tulip like. There we go. And then this one. They're kind of curving around following the contour of the shape. Alright, so we've got our second bunch of flowers. Now let's add a third. Go up to your layers and tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And for this flower, I'm going to do this one right here. That's kind of like a circle with, like, little lines coming out of the middle. They don't have to be like real flowers. They can just be flower like, and it still works. So for this one, let's do, like, a nice blue. Nice, like, light blue color. Try that out. Oh, that looks really pretty with the other colors. Right. And this is flower number three. So I'm going to start with this one here. Like that. And then I have one down here. I'm just kind of drawing ovals for these ones. I have one here. Color that in. Good. And then we can turn on Alpha lock and add some details to these. So I'm going to choose a color that's just a little bit darker and more saturated. Maybe a little bit darker than that. And I'm going to draw the lines that come out from the center first. And we can do this really easily. Maybe it'll be a little smaller with the brush size. We can do this really easily by just drawing lines that kind of intersect at the middle like this. There you go. And I'm going to make my sketch a little less little less a little more transparent. Alright. So go ahead and add some lines to this illustration. There we go. Now this one. Very nice. And then we'll draw the flower center, and I'm going to make this kind of a brighter but darker blue. Try that out. Maybe a little bit more saturated. Maybe too bright. There we go. Okay. I like that color. And we'll do this one over here. So just kind of drawing another oval where all those lines intersect, which should be roughly in the middle of the flower. There we go. It's looking very nice. And now we have our filler flowers. So let's make one more new layer. And for those, I'm going to do a nice bright yellow I think that'll contrast nicely with all the other colors. So for these filler flowers, I'm not doing really anything from this sheet here. I'm just going to draw these kind of groupings of three little circles. Fine. They're like, little pops of yellow like that. There's one over here. These remind me of Billy button flowers or Truspedia I think is the pular like the floral name for it. We'll do one more down here. But they're one of my favorite flowers. I have a bunch in my house, and they were actually in my wedding bouquet. Really like them. Now I'm seeing that I didn't do an odd number for these, and it's kind of like throwing my brain, so I think I'm going to add some more over here. Okay. Lovely. All right. So we've got our flowers. Now it's time to draw our stems. So let's go up to our layers, and we're going to start with our biggest flowers and then work our way down just kind of like in the order that we drew them. So let's start with these. We're gonna tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to place this layer underneath that flower, so underneath this big kind of rosy type flower. And then we're going to choose a green color. So I'm going to choose doel that color looks good. I'm going to start with that color green. I'm going to use the method where you draw with heavy pressure to get a consistent line width, but I'm going to go a little bit bigger, maybe 16, 17%. Then we're going to start from the center of the flower and just draw a line that goes, that's too big, a little smaller. Start from the center of the flower and draw a line that goes across like that. Do the same thing with this flower, crossing. And then that one there. So we've got our first three stems. Now let's go to our next set of flowers. So this one here. I'm just going to tap the layer right below it and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer. And I'm going to choose a different color green, so that way, we have a lot of variety. Choose that one. And these are kind of like tulip shaped ones. So I'm going to draw my stems for that. And then I don't super love how this stem is in front of this flower. I want it to be behind. So I'm going to try and just drag that layer underneath and see if I like how that looks. I think that works. You can always put your stems on different layers depending on if you want things in front or behind. But let's do the next set of flower stems. So I'm gonna go to this layer right below the blue flowers and tap to create a new layer. Then maybe I'll do, like, a darker green for this one. Let's try that. That works. Okay, so we've got one here. Got this one here. Then I've got this one here. And here's another case where I don't like how it goes in front of the other one. So maybe I'll just put a layer. Actually, maybe I'll just chooe one of these layers that's down here. Oops. Me this one here. There we go. And then finally, we have these little, I don't know, Billy button kind of flowers. And I also want those stems to be kind of behind everything else. So I think I'm going to use this layer here. And maybe I'll do a light yellowish green for those. Looks good. All right, so we're going to do one stem that goes into the main bunch like that. And then these stems attach to that stem like that. So we'll do the same thing up here. One stem that goes all the way into all the rest, and then little stems to attach that to itself. Let's do this one. Maybe I'll maybe I'll do some on this layer. So it looks like some of these stems are in front of the ones. Yeah, that looks good. Kind of experiment with what order you put your stems. There you go. Okay. All right. And I'm going to go and turn off the sketch now. So go up your layers and tap a little checkbox to uncheck the sketch. And then to really make this bouquet look very full, we're going to add some kind of filler greenery to it. So let's create a layer below all the other layers. So tap the plus sign and then drag this layer underneath all the other layers. And I'm also going to re crop this because I want a little more space on top. So I'm going to go up to the Actions menu, canvas, crop and resize, and then go into settings and tap this little link, and that's going to lock in the ratio so that it will be a square, even if I resize it. So I'm just going to add a little bit more space like that. Nice. Okay, so we're on that bottom layer. And for the color, I'm going to choos a really dark green because I don't want this greenery to compete with all the other stems. So I'm gonna choose a really dark green, maybe go a little cooler green, so closer to blue. Then try that out, see if I like it. Maybe it's a little too dark. That looks good. Okay. And then we can add in kind of some big leafy shapes behind everything like that. Whatever kind of, like, shapes you want to do to make it seem a little bit more full. I like these big kind of leafy shapes. You can even have some things kind of sticking out the side a little bit. It's up to you. Here we go. Ar Bouquet is looking very sweet, but there's a couple little final touches we're going to add. We can go ahead and close this now that we're done drawing all of our flowers, so just grab the little handle and swipe it off to the side. I'm going to add just a little dark circle behind everything just to kind of give it a little bit more framing. So let's tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to put this underneath everything else. Tap hold and drag it under all the layers. Sample our background color, and then just choose a color that's darker and more saturated. Go really big with the brush size. And then just draw a circle in the background like this and color it in. And then we're going to add a little something special down here. So let's create a new layer, and we'll put this above all the other layers. And then we're going to add a little tag on here. So I'm going to choose a color that's kind of like a brownish, almost like craft paper and draw a little rope, maybe a little smaller with the brush size. Draw a rectangle. Color it in. H. And then on this side of it, we're going to add a little trapezoid shape to make it look like a tag. And then a circle. That'll be the whole of the tag. Color it in. Okay. And then let's grab white as the color, and we'll do a little string. So I'm just going to draw some kind of loopy lines, and that's like the string that's around the bouquet, and then a little string go into my tag and into the whole. And then we can add kind of a little bow to it. And then I'm going to grab black. And let's write two. And then here, I want you to write the name of someone that is special that maybe you would want to give this beautiful bouquet to. I think that's something really cool about art and illustration is you can make something for somebody and send it to them, and it will show that you're thinking about them. So I'm actually going to write the name of someone that's really special to me, and that is Emily. Emily is the name of my great grandma, and she is my favorite relative. She's just an amazing woman. I used to live with her when I was in college, and she was always really supportive of all of my creative projects and things that I do. I'd like, make a big mess in her house, and then she'd walk into the room and say, My, aren't you ambitious? And I always remember that. So I'm gonna dedicate this to her. She's been passed away for quite a few years now, but if she were here, I would definitely send this to her. So definitely think of somebody that's special to you, and then I encourage you to take the next step and actually send it to them. I'm sure it would make their day. Alright, we've completed the final project for flowers week. So let's go ahead and add it to our progress tracker. Let's go to the Actions menu, add Copy Canvas, and then go back to the gallery view, open up our Progress Tracker. Actions menu and paste. And now we're going to resize that and put it into its little spot. Go. So, congratulations on finishing all the lessons for flowers week. You definitely learned a lot this week. In our next video, we're going to take a moment to reflect on our progress for this week. And then I'm gonna let you know what's coming up for the final week of Kickstart Volume two. I'll see you in the next video. 32. Week 7 - Reflect & Share: Congratulations on making it to the end of Week seven. I hope you enjoy drawing flowers with me this week. In addition to getting to draw some fun types of florals, you also got to learn a lot of great skills this week. We explored more brush modification this week. You got to learn how to make brushes that smooth out your strokes and create perfect petal shapes. You explored the different brushes that are available in Procreate and interesting ways to layer them together. Got to explore the adjustments menu a little bit more using motion blur and some really fun ways to use the Liquify tool. We did a little bit of hand lettering and you got to learn about visual composition, the rule of odds and creating a focal point within your illustration. I want you to take some time to reflect on everything that you learned this week and I have a couple of reflection questions for you to ponder over or you can journal about them. Which of the different skills that you learn this week like brush modification, brush exploration, visual composition or using the adjustments in Procreate, Did you find the most exciting or impactful on your illustrations? Also think about why the skills that we learn can help keep us inspired for future projects. And then speaking of inspiration, I also want you to do a little reflection on the process of staying inspired. Hopefully you had a chance to maybe start your first Pintresbard of things that inspire you or start that list of things that you're excited to draw. If you haven't yet, definitely give it a go. And then I want you to think about how having these things might help keep you motivated to keep creating in the future. Think about what types of things inspire you. Is it colors? Is it textures? Is it particular art style or subject matter? Really getting ahold of what inspires you is going to keep you going in the future. So take some time to reflect, and when you're done, it's time to share. I want you to head over to your skill share class project and replace your progress tracker with the newly updated version and also share which piece you enjoyed creating the most this week. You can write a little bit about why it was your favorite piece. What was one of the skills you really enjoyed learning this week. You can also share some of your reflection, whatever you would like to share. So please do share. I can't wait to check in on your progress this week. In our next video, I'm going to let you know about what's coming up for Week eight. I'll see you then. 33. What's Coming in Week 8: A. I'm so excited to talk to you about what's coming up for Week eight, which is our final week of Kickstart your creativity Volume two. Next week, we're going to be drawing people. I have five really fun illustrations for People Week that will take you through learning some of the most essential skills for drawing people. We're going to start out by doing a little value study and play with gradient maps as we draw an eye from a reference photo. We're going to explore drawing facial expressions as we depict emotions. We're going to take it to the top as I show you my technique for drawing hair. Then I'll share with you my easy method for drawing cute characters before we finish out Kickstart two by putting all your skills to practice as you draw a personalized self portrait. I'm so excited for you to dig into these lessons. I know you're going to have a ton of fun with them. Until then, stay creative. 34. Welcome to Week 8: People: Hello, and welcome to our final week of Kickstart Volume two. This is Week eight, and we are drawing people. Drawing people can be one of the most intimidating challenges for any artist, but guess what? You are far more prepared than you might think. Throughout this course, you've already been practicing many of the building blocks needed to draw people. Remember when you drew a figure standing in the rain or when you practice facial shading while drawing the moon, you drew a head during the hat lesson. You practiced a whole week of drawing clothing in great detail, and you even drew a hand during flowers week. Not only that, but over the past few weeks, you've been sharpening your overall drawing and procreate skills, setting you up for success as you dive into drawing people this week. Don't worry, we are going to ease into it gently. We'll start the week off by focusing on a single feature, the eye, and we'll be drawing that from a reference photo in order to gain information that we'll use later on. Then you'll learn how to manipulate facial features in order to depict emotions through facial expressions. Then I'll teach you my step by step method for drawing and rendering stylized hair. After that, we will progress to drawing a full body. I'm going to teach you my easy method for drawing cute characters. Then finally, we'll wrap up the week and the course with a personal project, drawing a self portrait. This will be your chance to create an illustration with lots of personal touches as you draw yourself. Along the way, you're going to put into practice all of skills that you've learned so far and learn some new ones as well. Before we get into the lessons, I wanted to share this week's tip for building a creative habit, and that is something I like to call four Rs for a lasting creative practice. Week, focus on celebrating your progress and reinforcing your habit with these four Rs. Reflect, report, reward, and revisit. Reflect on your journey. Take a moment and look back on your creative journey during this course. What have you learned? What skills have you improved? Reflecting on your growth, whether big or small, helps build confidence and motivates you to keep going. Report your progress, share your accomplishments with others, whether it's through a post online, a conversation with a friend or within a creative community. Reporting on your progress gives you a chance to celebrate your wins and inspires others to celebrate theirs, too. It's also a way for you to stay accountable and acknowledge how far you've come. Reward yourself. Treat yourself for your hard work. This could be buying yourself some new art supplies, taking one of the illustrations you made, and ordering it as a sticker or a print, taking yourself on a creative field trip and surrounding yourself with inspiration or just taking some well needed rest, drawing yourself a bath, or curling up with a good book. Rewards can make the process even more fulfilling and give you that positive reinforcement that will help you stick to your habit. Revisit your goals. Go back to the goals you set at the beginning of this course and give yourself a chance to reconnect with your why. Why did you decide to take this course? What were you hoping to accomplish? Where do you hope to take your creativity? Keeping your goals at top of mind will help you transition from something structured like this course to being able to maintain your habit on your own. This week is about celebrating your progress and setting the stage for more creative success. Let's celebrate and look ahead with excitement. Let's jump into our first lesson for People Week. 35. No.36 - Eye: Welcome to our first lesson of People Week and drawing number 36 of Kickstart your Creativity. Today, we are drawing an I. For this lesson, we're going to be drawing from a reference photo. I know many artists feel like the goal is to be able to draw exclusively from their imagination, not to have to look up photos. But looking at photos to gain information about the way something looks is so important to your creative process. When you study or draw closely from a photograph, you get so much information about the way something actually looks instead of relying on what you think it looks like. You can take that information and apply it to your future illustrations, which is something that we are going to do later on this week. My favorite artworks are ones that I've drawn directly from photographs. You'll find the reference photo we're going to use in your Kickstart two class resources. This is a photo that comes from pexels.com, which is a free to use stock photography website. It's a great place if you want to go and look up additional reference photos to draw from. And then finally, for this piece, we're going to be drawing in gray scale, meaning black, white and shades of gray. This is going to give you the opportunity to pay close attention to the value of the different parts of the drawing. Value is just a word that means how light or dark something is, and it's actually one of the three properties of color. There's hue, which is the color your color is, so like red, white, blue, orange, green. And then there's the saturation, which is how vibrant or intense the color is, like, a really saturated red or a really desaturated kind of muddy red color. And then finally is your brightness or value, and that's how light or dark the color is. Every color is made up of those three things. So all we're going to do is we're going to take two of those things out of the equation so we can really focus on value. But don't worry, our drawing won't be staying in black and white because I'm going to show you how to use Procreate's Gradient Maps tools to add some fun color to this illustration. Let's go ahead and get started with today's drawing. Let's create a new Canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. Going to be drawing I Illustration using a photo. So let's go ahead and import it into our Canvas. You're going to go up to the Actions menu, add and choose Insert a file, and navigate to the Kickstart two class resources folder, and choose the iPhoto. This is a photo that comes from pexels.com. It's a free to use stock photography website that we've gotten some other photos from. Let's go ahead and import it into our Canvas. And we don't need to resize it or anything, leave it where it's at. Go to our layers, and we're going to reduce the opacity of this photo. So we're going to tap the little N and then just reduce the opacity, so it's a little bit lighter at 33%. And then tap the plus sign to create a new layer right above that, and we're going to sketch on top of this. Let's go to our brushes and go to the sample pack and choose the sketching pencil. And then we'll choose gray as our color. Now we're going to start tracing over the photo. So we're going to be outlining some of the main shape. So I'm just going to, first of all, trace over sketching the shape of the eye like this. And then where the eyeball meets that tear duct, we're going to just kind of indicate that with a line, sketch the pupil and sketch the iris and the pupil. And then any other parts of the illustration that really stand out. So for example, we have this really kind of dark line up here. So I'm going to just draw that with a line. There's a couple wrinkles down there. And once you've kind of got the main shapes of it, now we're going to kind of circle around any parts that are really, really dark or really, really bright. So we know where the, like, different values of this piece are. So, for example, there is a really dark spot right under This would be the eyelid fold, so I'm just going to draw a circle around that. There's a really bright spot right here, so I'm just going to draw a circle around that. And there's also a really bright spot here. And this area overall is pretty dark, so I'm just going to circle around that. And then maybe it's darker about right there, so I'll indicate that. Just anywhere you see kind of like bright or dark spots. There we go. Okay, so I think that's good. We don't have to go too crazy with that. Let's go up to our layers, and now we're going to turn off the photo layer and reduce the opacity of our sketch, tap the, and bring the opacity down. And it would be really helpful to be able to see the photo at the same time in order to kind of see where the different values are and things like that in the original photo. So we're going to use a feature called reference Companion. We're going to go up to the Actions menu, Canvas. And then toggle on reference this little window will pop up. You can move it off to the side by grabbing that little gray handle. By default, it's going to show you what's on your canvas. This is cool because you can zoom in, draw, and then it'll show you what the whole thing looks like, but that's not what we're going to use it for. We're going to tap over here to image, and then we're going to go up to our layers, and we're going to actually drag this photo into this window like this. That will import the image into the reference companion, and now we have it to look at as we work on this illustration. Can resize it, you can zoom in if you need to. There we go. I'm just going to reposition my sketch to center it. Let's create a new layer, and we're going to put this layer underneath our sketch. And we're going to be drawing this eye, but we're going to do it in gray scale. And this really helps us to see the different values of the original photo, so we can really pay attention to what's light and what's dark. So let's choose a brush first. We'll go into our brushes, and let's go into the painting set and find the brush called oil paint. This is really fun brush. It's very bristly. It kind of drags the colors around. So go ahead and choose oil paint and now go over to your color picker. We're going to be only using shades of gray for this part of the illustration. So instead of trying to pick them from the disc here, we're going to tap over to value. And value gives us sliders where we can adjust the hue. We can adjust the saturation, and we can adjust the brightness. So we just want to make sure that the saturation is all the way down to 0%, and we can control the color or in this case, value with this slider here, brightness. So go ahead and let's just start with kind of a lighter gray. I'm at 66%. And we're going to draw the outline of the eye. Oops, let's go maybe like 17% with the brush size. So I'm going to use this brush, and the style is going to be very loose and painterly, so it doesn't have to be perfect. But trace around the outer shape of the eye like that, and then we'll add more strokes to kind of color in the area around the eye like this. So I'm using lots of strokes, want it to feel very expressive. And we don't have to color in the whole area around the eye, just maybe kind of like an oval shape like this. Okay. We've got a base color down. Now we're going to paint in some of these lighter and darker areas. Let's start with what's most obvious and that's this area under the eyelid. Let's go ahead and choose a darker gray now. And we'll draw in that fold there. Kind of like this. Then we want to blend this color down a little bit. So you can choose a color that's a little bit lighter gray, and then kind of like paint that down a little bit. See how it kind of fades off gradually. There we go. So we want kind of like a softer edge along this edge and a little bit more of a harder line there, not a little bit more of this gray up here. Overall, this whole eyelid is a little bit darker than the skin color. So I'm just going to sample the skin color, and then we'll get a color that's a little bit darker, kind of just darken that whole upper eyelid. Like that. There you go. And now we can look at some of these bright spots. We have this really bright spot right on top, so I'm going to choose a very light gray and add that here. Like that. And we also have a very light area right on the bottom of the lid, so we'll draw that in. I'll get even lighter. I have, almost white. And then we have some darkness down here. So we can actually maybe we can sample this gray. We're already using uptop. Kind of paint that in down here. Get a little bit darker. Now, if you don't want to have to keep going up to the color picker and sliding it over, you can actually detach this and have it as a standalone window. Just grab this little handle here and drag it off, and then it will remain on the screen so you can more easily go between choosing colors. So that's really handy little thing. Let's see. I'll go a little bit darker. And so I want you to look at the photo and find spots that might be lighter or darker and kind of paint those in. Be like here, it's a little bit darker. Kind of use light pressure to blend areas in. There we go. Okay. That's pretty good. Now some of the darkest areas are where the eyeliner would be where the eye line would be, so I'm going to choose a much darker color, darker gray, smaller brush size, and just kind of line that area in a bit. You don't have to make it look exactly like the photo because I'm kind of darkening this up quite a bit. I'm probably not going to draw in all those lashes. You can draw a few, but I'd rather not. Then maybe a little bit here. There we go. And we're going to come back to the inside of the eye in just a moment. So really bright. There we go. Okay, so I think that's pretty good. Let's work on the actual eye itself. So let's go to our layers, and we're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we're going to put this layer underneath the layer that we were just drawing on. And then I'm going to choose a really, really light gray for the overall color of the eye. Just kind of paint that in because it's definitely not a pure white. So I'm just using a gray, just kind of coloring that in overall. And then I can see that it's a little bit darker here kind of near the corners of the eye. So I'm going to get a darker color and kind of paint that in a little bit darker. Okay. And then this little area over here is quite bright. So I can get a pure white and kind of tap in a few little strokes, brighten that up a bit. There we go. Looks good. And I'm just going to blend this a little bit more. Just go to use light pressure. It can be a little messy. It's okay to see the brush strokes. I think it adds to the style. Okay, let's create another layer, and we're going to use this layer to draw the iris and pupil. So go ahead and create a new layer. And then let's choose a value for the iris. I think something about right there would look good. Yeah. That's good. Okay. And then we'll paint that area in. And then we can see that there's a dark area kind of around the outside of the iris. So let's get maybe a lighter color, and we'll just use this lighter color kind of in the middle, leaving that outside a little bit darker. Maybe a little lighter. There we go. And then right in the middle, it's a little bit darker, right next to where the pupil is. So I'm going to go quite a bit darker. And then right where the pupil is darken the area like that. Then we can use the same value to kind of add some strokes, like an eye would have. We'll just add some strokes. Give the iris a little texture. I'm doing very light strokes here and kind of going back and forth to kind of pull the colors around. Very cool. Okay. Feel free to get, you know, very expressive and have fun with your strokes. Okay, I think that looks pretty good. Now I'm going to draw the pupil, so I'm gonna go almost to black, almost all the way down and draw the pupil of the eye. There you go. Good. And then one cool thing to kind of notice about an eye is that the eyelid itself actually cast a bit of a shadow on the eye ball. So let's use a blend mode to add a little bit of shading right under the eyelid. Go up to your layers and tap the plus sine to create a new layer. That should be above the two e layers, and then change the blend mode to multiply. So tap N and scroll up to multiply. And then we're going to choose a very light gray like 70% brightness. A little bit bigger. And then we're going to use that to add a bit of shadow, and you can see it has the darkening effect. So I'm going to paint that on kind of across the lid or across the eye under the lid, maybe get a little bit darker. C do it a little bit darker, closer to the lid up here. And then also we can darken the sides a little bit more. There we go. H, right. And then finally, we're going to add a little highlight to the eye right here. It's a little reflection. So eyes are shiny. They're shiny and they're smooth. So naturally if there's light around them, they're going to have a little bit of reflection. So let's create one more new layer, and then we'll choose pure white. So go all the way to 100%. And you can do them like it is in the photo and add some highlights there. But I'm going to kind of add a couple extra. Usually, when I do a highlight, I do like a couple circles like that I want it to be a little more stylized. So however you want to do your highlights, you can do them. So if there's anything else you want to kind of add, I think I'm going to darken this area just a little bit more. Now that I'm looking at the photo again, go almost to black. You kind of keep messing with it. Sometimes that's the hardest part is, like, knowing when to quit. But I think this looks pretty good. Maybe I'll add a little bit of highlight to up here. There we go. It's always good to zoom way out because then you can really see how things are looking, and you might know where you need to add more lightness or darkness. Okay. All right, so I'm going to stop messing with it now. I'm going to go ahead and close the color panel, tap the little X. And now we're going to have a little bit of fun with color using gradient maps. Maybe you like it in black and white, but you know me. I love color. So let's incorporate some color. So I'm going to go ahead and group all of these together. So that way I can play around with a copy of that, but I still have the original layers, kind of like we did when we drew the rainbow in that lesson. So let's select all the layers with the painting on them, and we're going to group them together, top to group. We're going to duplicate this group, so swipe to the left and choose duplicate. And then the bottom copy of the group, we're going to go ahead and close that, and then we're going to turn it off, just uncheck that. And we're going to select the top layer, the one that's basically the skin. So go ahead and select that layer. And let's also close this reference companion. We don't need that anymore, so tap it and then tap the little X. Okay, so we have the skin layer selected. We're going to go to the adjustments menu and choose Gradient Map. And as soon as we enter this mode, you'll notice that the colors are going to change a little bit. There are some gradient maps down here at the bottom, and I'll explain exactly how they work. But for now, go ahead and just slide through and see what they do. Each of them is going to apply a different color effect. Some look good. So maybe don't work so well for this. But let's go ahead. In order to really explain what's going on here, we're going to create our own gradient map. Tap the little plus sign here. And so the way that gradient maps work is, we're basically assigning a color to each value of this layer. So for now, the lightest values are white, and the darkest values are black, and then everything in between as it kind of like gradients between those two colors. But if we were to change like this black, we can tap it and choose a different color. Like a yellow or maybe this is an orange. Now it's saying that all of the darkest values in this piece are turning orange. So let's maybe choose something that's darker, since it's a dark value, maybe I'll choose a deep blue color. I like that. Then over here on the white, maybe I'll choose something else for that. Like a light yellow. You can see it transitions between those two colors. Let's maybe make it a little bit brighter. Here we go. You can also tap into this bar to assign a color to a different value. So this value here, we'll tap that, and maybe this one, we'll tap it again can be a green color. It's fun to experiment and play around and see how the changes affect the drawing. Let's tap over here, and that's going to turn it green, but let's change it to another color. Let's do a light pink, something like that. And then maybe over here, we'll do one more tap. Oops keep turning to green. Tap in and do like an orange. You can really, have fun with the colors and see what kind of effects you create. That looks pretty cool. You can also move these little spots back and forth, and that will, you know, assign the orange color to a much darker value, if that makes sense. So maybe we'll put that one over there. Then we can move this one a little bit. Move the green. Something like that. So there's our gradient map. Let's go ahead and tap done. And let's go to our layers, and we will colorize the iris using the gradient map. So go ahead and select the layer with the iris in the pupil, go to adjustments menu, gradient map. And by default, it's going to choose the one that we had last, which is this one. But let's go ahead and slide over and see what kind of effects. Oh, that one. This one. The breeze one looks really cool. I really like the way that it looks. So let's tap into that one so you can see what's going on here. So the darkest values have been assigned to, like, this kind of deep navy blue. The lightest values are this kind of greenish color. We've got, like, a teal here, and then another kind of purplish color. So you can see all those values here. See how this color is the darkest black that we use. And there's not really much of a very, very light value in this but it looks really cool. So I think I'm just going to leave that one. Another reason why this looks so appealing to me is that we have warm colors paired with cool colors, and they contrast each other and contrast is really eye catching, pun intended. So that looks really cool to my eye. Let's maybe add some color around the background. So let's just change the background color. We'll go to background color, and maybe we choose, like, a blue very similar to the eye. Actually, I really like that. So I have, kind of a bluish teal selected. And then let's also add a little bit of this painterly texture to the background. So let's create a new layer, and we'll put this layer beneath all the other eye layers like that. And then I'm just going to sample the background color and maybe choose. I'm going to go back to disc view because that's my preferred way to pick colors, a color that's a little bit darker, more saturated like that. And then with this same brush, the oil paint brush, it was just like, Woops. Let's brush some brush strokes. Onto this layer. Just give a little bit of texture. Kind of making these strokes in sort of a circular motion will give the piece a lot of movement and guide your eye around the eye. Maybe get a little bit darker. A few more strokes. There we go. I can really see those brush strokes. Nice. So this was a fun little exercise. It's definitely a good idea to draw from reference photos because it gives you so much more information about how a thing actually looks, like, really observing, you know, how the eye has all these different colors within the iris, how it's darker around the outside, how it's even a little bit darker near the pupil. This shadow that's cast by the eyelid, this part of the eye, the tear duct, like how that works and just really getting a chance to observe, you know, exactly what a thing looks like because then once you have that information, you can take that and choose to stylize it in your own ways in a more, like, stylized type art. So I hope you had fun doing this little eye, and you feel inspired to maybe find another photo and do a similar process and play with gradient maps because I think it is a lot of fun. Let's add this to our progress Tracker. I'm going to go up to the Actions menu, add, choose Copy Canvas. And let's go back to our gallery and open up our progress tracker, which is getting pushed down now, isn't it? After we've made all this wonderful artwork. Go to the Actions menu and choose paste and resize that into this little spot. There we go. Alright. Congrats on finishing the first illustration for People Week. In our next lesson, we're going to be drawing some faces and exploring the way that different facial features change when they're expressing different emotions. I'll see you in the next lesson. 36. No.37 - Emotions: Hi. Welcome to drawing number 37. Today, we're getting a little emotional. I'm going to teach you how you can manipulate the different facial features in order to depict different emotions through expressions. This lesson is very fun and exploratory. We're going to draw a whole bunch of faces, and we'll start with some of the essentials. So happiness, anger, sadness. And then you're going to see how making small adjustments to the facial expressions, even some really minor adjustments can create some more complex expressions. So things like betrayal, confusion, even a cheeky, kind of flirty face. It's going to be a lot of fun, so let's get into it. Let's create a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose Kickstart course Canvas template. And let's start by setting our background color. Go up to your layers, tap background color, and we're going to choose a nice bright orange for the background, and then go over to your brushes and choose the Echer brush from the sample pack. And then for your color, we're going to choose a nice bright yellow. We're going to use that to draw some faces. So we're going to draw a row of three circles. One, two, three, and then another row of three circles. They don't have to be super perfect. And then one more row three circles. And then we're going to fill them all with color drop. So drag into one of the circles, let go and tap continue filling at the top. And then you can just tap tap, tap into all the other ones. And I'm just going to re center this a little bit. Alright, now we're going to add some eyes to these faces. So let's go to our layers, and we're going to create a new layer. And we're going to choose white as our color this time. And on each of the eyes, we're going to draw two circles, and these are going to be the eyes. So just go over each of these faces and draw some eyes. Lots and lots of eyes. Almost done. One more. Okay. So they all have eyes. Now we need some pupils. So let's go up to our layers, tap the plus tint, create new layer. And this layer is going to be a clipping mask. So we're going to tap it and choose clipping mask. And then for the color, we're gonna choose, like an almost black and we're going to draw pupils inside the center of each of these set of eyes. They should be pretty big pupils. So it should look something like this. Just kind of adding a default expression for all of these faces, and then we will add some emotions. Get a little emotional today. Go through and add pupils to all your eyes. Then we're going to create one more layer and this is where our facial features are going to go the nose, the mouth, and the eyebrows. Go up to your layers, tap the plessin to create a new layer, and then we're going to switch brushes too because we're going to use a different brush for the nose and the mouth. Let's choose the gritty tilt liner from the sample pack. My brush size is about 12% and we're just going to add the nose. I'm going to do the nose very simply, just like a little sideways U shape, and we will add the mouth and eyebrows on a face by face basis. There we go. So now we're ready to take these emotionless, mouthless, eyebrowless faces and create some expressions of emotion. So essentially, what we're going to be doing is we're going to be changing the eye shape by erasing parts of these eyes away. We might also be changing where the pupils are looking, the size of the pupils, what the eyebrows are doing, and then of course, what the mouth is doing. And all the different combinations of those things create these expressions. So let's go up to the first one. And let's go to the layer with the eye shapes, so the white eyes. And then let's go to the eraser tool, and we're going to choose the Inker brush as the eraser. And we're going to erase the bottoms of our eyes like that. And then we're going to draw a nice big smile can draw little lines on the corners of the smile. And then some eyebrows, just kind of like in their standard shape. So with the mouth smiling real big, it might be like, pushing the cheeks up into the eyes, so that's why we erase a little bit away there. So there's a happy face. Let's go over to the next one, and maybe for this one, we'll do a sad expression. So let's go to the layer with the eyes, grab the eraser tool. And when you're sad, your eyes are kind of tilted this way. Like that. So you kind of erase a corner of these eyes like that, and then go to layer with the noses, grab your brush, and the eyebrows are also kind of tilted down like that. So the inside of the eyebrows kind of point up. So sad. And then a frown. Mm So there's a little sad face. Let's do another one. Let's get angry with this one. So we're going to go to our eye layer. And instead of erasing the outside of the eyes, we're going to erase the inside, it's going to look something like this. Angry. It's already looking angry and we don't have any other facial features. Go to the layer with the nose and grab your brush tool, and we have eyebrows are also pointing down that same direction. And then for the mouth, we could do just like, so mad, little frown face. So there's a frowning expression. Let's go do our next one. For this one, let's do surprise. Now, we're actually going to go to the layer with the pupils this time, select the layer with the pupils, grab your eraser, and just erase these pupils. And then grab your anchor brush. And draw some tiny little pupils like this. When we're surprised, our eyes, they get really small. Then let me go to the layer with the noses and switch back to the gritty tilt liner brush. Then eyes raise up, your eyebrows raise up, you're like, then. Just surprise look, mouth open. There's our surprised face. And let's move on to this one here. And let's show a little fear. This face is going to be scared. So when you're scared, you might be looking off to the side, looking to wherever the danger might be coming from. So let's go to the layer with the pupils, and we're going to select these pupils. So just grab your selection tool and then draw a circle around them, grab your transform tool, and we can make them, looking way off to the side like that, trying to see where the danger is coming from. And then go to the layer with the facial features, the noses and the eyebrows. And the eyebrows are a little close to, like, what sad eyebrows look like. Like, this person is fretting. It's not It's not angry. It's like a little closer to Sad. And then the mouths kind of turned like this, and we can do little open mouth sort of like a bean shape like that. So that's a pretty scared expression right there. Let's go to the next one. And this one we'll do another expression of fear, but maybe this one's a little more worried. So we can do a mix of sad and fear. Let's go to the eyes layer. Use the eraser and maybe we give it sad eyes like that. And then let's add our mouth and eyebrows. So we can try that kind of eye. We can try that kind of eyebrow. And then a mouth's maybe open like this one. This one, I think this expression is a little more like disbelief. Like, what? No. You know, like, sad and scared at the same time. Maybe that feels like disbelief. We're getting. We're just kind of experimenting. You can just kind of, like, erase part of an eye away and see what kind of expressions you can make. Let's go really angry for this one. Go to your eye layer, and we're gonna do angry eyes. And go to the other layer, the one with the mouth and the noses and angry eyebrows, angry eyebrows. And then maybe, like, open mouth. Like this is they're shouting at you. They're so angry, they're yelling. There we go. Really angry. And then, what if for this one? Let's go to our eyelayer. What if for this one? Give it a eraser? What if we just chopped off the top? I can already start to see what that expression might be. Like, it could be a little sinister, especially if we made it a little angrier like that. Could also be boredom, because you're just going to, like, you know, dead flat eyes. So let's add our mouth to this one. Maybe we'll do like kind of a board face. So we'll do kind of, like, flat eyebrows to match the flat eye and a flat mouth as well. A little bit smaller. Almost looks kind of like, Hey, you know, like a tiny change to the same expression. Like if we did this and maybe, like, made the mouth go that way, now it's kind of like, Hey, what's up? What's going on? Like, it's that kind of expression, but if we were to kind of make everything level and flat, it's kind of like a bored expression. Like, tiny, tiny changes really make a big difference when you're depicting expressions. Alright. This one, let's have a little fun. Let's get, like, a kind of confused sort of face. So go to the layer with the eyes. Tap into your racer and we'll chop off the top that way and then also a little bit there, and then go to your layers with the mouths and things and we can have one eyebrows go to the brush, one eyebrow going that way, and the other one like that feels confused, doesn't it? Then a mouth that's to the side a little bit. Something like that. He. You'll change the shape just a little bit more. A little more flat. Yeah, I think that definitely has a confused kind of vibe. Especially if we make this look off to the side. So let's go to the pupil layer and we can draw a selection around these eyes there we go. Yeah, I think that's it right there. Like, confused, look into the side, like, What? What is going on? So we have a whole array of expressions there. One more thing that I like to do, especially when I draw these, open mouth like this is to add a tongue and some teeth. So let's go to the layer with all the mouths, tap it, and we'll turn on alpha lock, swipe to the right. And then we'll get a pink color for the tongue. And then I just kind of draw a little curve shape like that for the tongue. A little curve shape for the tongue. This one needs a little tongue there. Then the tongue maybe would be down here because the mouse tilting to the side. Then I like to give it teeth too, so I'm going to choose white. I do teeth a couple different ways. I could do a little line like that, full teeth. Sometimes I like to do these these two little round teeth like that, which is really cute. You can decide how you want your teeth to look. Maybe there's a missing tooth like that. There we go. So there is a page of expressions, and I highly recommend that you keep going with this, make another page of faces of eyes, erase away part of the eye, see what kind of expression is starting to form when you do that, and then add in the mouth and the eyebrows and really see where you can take that expression. I also recommend looking at your own face in the mirror and seeing what your facial features do as you create different expressions, and not just like the simple ones, like angry, sad, fear, confuse, you know, like disbelief, like betrayal. Like, what would your face do and, like, really pay attention to, like, what is happening with your facial features and then try to simplify it into little kind of almost emoji style illustration and see what you can communicate. I hope you had fun with this lesson. We went on an emotional journey. Don't forget to add it into your progress tracker and join me for the next lesson where we are going to learn how to draw here. I'll see you then. 37. No.38 - Hair: Welcome to the next lesson of People Week. Today we are drawing hair. Now, hair is one of those things that I always used to struggle so badly with drawing. Whenever I try to draw hair, it never looked right, and I couldn't figure out why. But after doing a lot of research, looking at lots of reference photos, experimenting with my process, and drawing a ton, I came up with this system of how I like to draw stylized hair. And I use this to draw all sorts of hairstyles, hair types, and textures. So the process in a nutshell involves drawing the base shapes of the hair. Adding some loose or stray hairs to the edges, then adding some shading highlights and shadows, and finally, adding some line details to depict the texture and direction of the hair. I'm really excited to teach you this method, so let's get into it. Let's create a new canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the kickstart course Canvas template. And we'll begin with the sketch. Go into your brushes and choose the sketching pencil from the sample pack. And let's choose gray as our color. So let's start by drawing a head shape and draw a circle. And then we draw a line down the middle and kind of define sort of a jaw line like this. That's going to be our head shape. And we're not going to draw any of the facial features. We're really just going to focus on the hair for this one, but we will be showing where the ears are going to go. So we're going to draw a line about halfway through the face, and this is where the eyes would be. And the ears start about where the eyes are. They kind of go up and then down a bit. So you can kind of estimate where the ears might go. Let's draw a chin and some shoulders. Here we go. And now, the first thing I do when I'm drawing hair is to define where the hairline is on the head. So I'm going to draw where the hairline would be. Like that. And then the hairstyle we're going to do for this little faceless character is going to involve bangs. It's going to have hair tied back into a bun, and there's going to be flowing wavy hair. So we're going to get to draw hair in a lot of different forms. So let's start with the bangs. The bangs are going to start right here. So I like to draw that line. And then they're going to kind of scoop across and go down by the ear. Same thing on this side. So these are going to end up being the bangs. But I also like to draw kind of some zig zags in there to show that it's not like a completely solid shape. It's hair. So that should look something like that. And then we're going to draw these little space buns on this character. So I'm going to part the hair here. I've kind of already defined that by drawing the bangs in that way. So this is where the hair is going to part. And then here is going to be where these like space buns kind of attach. So I'm going to draw the hair kind of coming up and away from the head hair has volume, so it's not like flat against the head. So there I'll do that on one side. Then same thing kind of on the other side. And then we can draw our little space buns. There we go. And then this hairstyle is like a half up, half down thing, so we're going to have hair kind of flowing in the back. So starting from here above the ear, we're just going to draw kind of like a wavy shape like that. And the hair is going to go behind the shoulders in this case. Okay. And another thing that you can do in your sketch is kind of just define the direction of the hair by just drawing a few lines. Like, it's going to kind of go this way, we'll end up adding these into our illustration. So it's nice to kind of set that up from the get go. We have wavy lines. I'm not going to do too much with that. Okay. All right, so now we're ready to move on to color. So let's go to our layers, and let's set a background color just to kind of start. I'm going to do kind of like a peachy color for the whole background. And then I'm going to reduce the opacity of this sketch layer and then make a new layer and put it underneath the sketch layer. And now I'm going to start drawing the different parts of the hair. So I'm going to go to my brushes, and let's choose the basic toolkit inker brush. And I'm going to do red hair. I love drawing red hair because I have red hair. So I'm going to choose kind of like an orangish color and draw the base shapes that make up the hairstyle. So I'm going to start with the bangs. I'm going to draw just kind of like outlining the shapes that I made in my sketch. Like that actually goes around, all the way, like that, and then comes down on this side. There we go. So that's the bangs, and I'll fill that with color drop. And next, I'm going to do the space buns. So I'm going to create a new layer for that. I'm going to put that behind the bangs layer, and I'll do these fill them in with color drop. So they're just going to start out as like an oval shape like that. The hair that's being pulled back into the space buns, we'll put that on its own layer. So tap the plus sine to create a layer, and we'll put this underneath the layer with the buns. And then we'll draw that shape as well. And you can color that in Okay. All right. And then finally, we're going to do this hair that goes behind, and I'm going to create a new layer for that and put that underneath all the other layers. And then I'm just going to kind of outline around the ears and around the face and the neck. There we go. There's one side, and I'll do this side as well. Okay. And this is not a completely closed shape. I just need to close off this area here and this area there, and then I should be able to fill that with color drop. Here we go. So we've laid out these shapes of our hair. The next thing I'd like to do when I'm drawing here is to add a little bit more texture to the edge of the hair. So I'm going to do a lot of my line details not with this brush. I'm going to end up using the gritty tilt liner to do that. So I'm going to go ahead and select that now and use it to draw some loose hairs on the different parts of my hair. So let's start with the bangs. So go ahead and select flair with the bangs. And I'm just going to basically draw some loose hairs kind of in between, just so it doesn't look like such a like a simple shape. Here we go. So we add some hairs there, and then we'll go to layer with the buns, and you can have some kind of going in and out like that just to make it not such a solid shape. So you would naturally see hairs kind of poking out. So there's that. On this part of the hair, I don't think we need any. So let's go to the back part of the hair, the kind of down wavy. And here, especially when I'm doing wavy hair, I like to kind of go in and then reconnect like that. So just kind of follow the curve and then like reconnect it. And you can layer multiple of these little hairs. The more you add, the kind of messier it looks. So you can kind of do with that what you will. So we'll just add a few here. You can even have them kind of, like, be away, show the ends, but there we go. Okay. So we've added a little bit of texture to the edge of all of our hair shapes. Now we're going to add a bit of shading. So let's go to our layers. We're going to turn on alpha lock on all these layers. So just take two fingers and swipe to the right on all the layers. And let's start with our bangs. We'll start at the top and work our way down. And for the shading, I'm going to use the crumple texture brush. So go ahead and choose crumple texture from the sample pack. And we're going to start with the base color, which is this orange color. And then we're going to get a color that's a bit darker, more saturated a little bit. And this is going to be kind of the shadow color. I'm going to do, like, 34% for my brush size. And then I'm going to kind of brush this along the bottom of the bags, kind of here in the part, like that. And then I'm going to do all the shadows on all the layers and then we'll go back and add some highlights. So let's go to the space buns layer. And the shadows will be down here at the bottom of the bun. So we're going to just kind of brush that in. Here we go. It's starting to have some dimension. And now this layer, which is the hair pulled back. So we might see shadows down here by the ear like that in the part, for sure. Definitely underneath the bun, because the bun would kind of be casting a little bit of a shadow. And go a little bit darker here, maybe down here by the ears. There we go. And now let's do the kind of wavy like hair down part. And here on wavy hair, we're going to place the shadows kind of on the underside of each curve. So if you imagine the light shining down, this top part of the wave would be in light, and then the bottom part would be kind of in shadow. So that's going to look something like this kind of on the bottom edge of all these waves. Like that. And then also behind the neck, especially when the hair is behind the head, it would be pretty dark. So I'm going to darken that area up, maybe even get a little bit darker color. R darken that up. So we've done all of our shadows, so let's do our highlights. So let's sample our kind of, like, base color. And then we're going to choose a color that's a bit lighter and also a little bit warmer. So closer to yellow. To be something like that, and I'll start with the bangs layer again. And there'd be a little bit of a highlight kind of at the top of the bangs. Maybe that's a little bit too yellow. I'm gonna adjust that a little bit more. A little brighter. Imagine where the light might be shining down on the hair and you're probably going to put a highlight there. Let's do the space buns. That would be the top of the bun, a little bit of a highlight there. This layer with the hair that's pulled back, a little highlight right there. Then down on the wave, remember how I said the lights coming down, it's hitting the top of the wave. So we're going to add a little bright spot right there on the top of each of those waves. So this is definitely starting to come to life, and it's looking like it has some form and dimension. Now we're going to take it up a notch by adding some line details. So for each of these hair layers, we're going to create a clipping mask for it to do our line details. So select the layer with the bangs, tap the plus sign, and tap the layer and choose clipping mask. And we can just go ahead and set up all the clipping masks now, and that will make things go a little bit faster. Let's do one for the buns. So tap the layer, tap plus sign, create a new layer, and choose clipping mask. This, you know, the hair that's tied back, the hair on top of the head, that one. Choose that layer, tap the plus sign, tap the layer, and choose clipping mask, and then tap the bottom layer, tap the plus sign, and choose clipping mask. And we're actually going to use a blend mode that's going to allow us to apply both light and dark linework all over the hair. So we're actually going to set the blend mode of all these clipping mask layers to overlay. We really got to explore overlay a lot in the previous version of Kickstart your creativity in the lesson where we drew an acorn. So if you want a refresher on that, you can visit that lesson again. So let's tap the N on all these clipping mask layers and choose overlay from the list of blend modes. So let's choose overlay. On all the clipping masks. Great. Let's go back to the layer at the top that's right above the layer with the bangs. So that clipping mask. Now, the way that the overlay blend modes work is any color that is lighter than middle gray, which middle gray is right here in the color wheel, we can double tap close to middle gray and it will snap. Any color that's lighter than middle gray will lighten. Oops. You got to switch brushes. Let's go to the gritty tilt liner. As I was saying, any color that's lighter then middle gray will have a lightening effect wherever you draw it on that layer. And any color that's darker than middle gray will have kind of a darkening effect, quite a bit darker, something like that. So you can use this to add light and dark lines on all of this hair. So that's what we're going to do. I'm going to clear that layer out. And we'll start with the dark lines. So go ahead and choose. You can double tap to middle gray and then just kind of choose a darker version of it. And always use shades of gray, and you can kind of see the effect that that has. If it feels too dark, you can always go a little bit lighter. Like that. It'll be a tiny bit darker for me. That's good. Then we're just going to kind of draw some of those lines that we establish in the sketch. It's going to show the hair's direction, and it kind of gives the impression that there's, you know, individual hairs. So we're just going to add some lines. For these dark lines, it's good to add a little bit more of them kind of wherever they're shadows. So I'll do this side. I'm kind of adding more in towards the bottom here where there's shadows. There we go. So we're starting to see that. I'm going to do all the dark lines, and then I'll come back and do the light ones, so we don't have to change colors too much. So let's go to the clipping mass that's above the space buns. And the lines are going to be kind of, like, straight up and down in the middle, but then they're going to curve around like this. So imagine these lines are kind of like wrapping around this bun. And when I'm doing my lines, I like to have some that are closer together and some that are farther apart to give it lots of visual interest. Then we'll add more kind of down here in the shadowy part. Here, it looks nice. And then we'll do the same thing on this bun. So in the middle, it's kind of straight, but then it starts to curve around like that. It's almost like it's like a squashed globe. And this is what the latitude lines. And then we'll add some kind of so there's some close together and some a little farther apart, and then more towards the bottom to make it kind of a little bit darker down there. Nice. There's our buns. Let's go to the clipping mask above the layer with the hair that's pulled back. And then I'm going to start here. What hair does when it's pulled back is it starts at the hair line and then kind of goes down and scoops back. So it's going to look something like this. And remember, these lines should all pull back to where it goes into the bun because the hair is being tied back. So here, the hair is coming from the part and going into the bun. I should look something like that, and then we'll add a few more here and there. You can add some extras like down here where the bun touches the hair. And then we'll do the same thing on this side, so kind of scoop it back towards where it goes into the bun, like that. And then from the part, should go over to the bun, as well. Then add a few more of these lines. Nice. Okay. So that's looking really good. Let's go to the layer that's right above the long waves. So we'll tap that layer. And now we're going to add some lines that kind of go like this and follow the waves. We're kind of defining the texture of the hair, the direction that these hairs are going. That's what these lines are for. We'll have some close together, some far apart. We can add more into the shadowy areas, so that would look something like this. We just have kind of more of these dark lines in there. Back here behind the head would be nice and dark. Behind the ear as well. Okay, so that's looking good. Just trying to give it some texture. And then I'll do this side as well. Kind of following the wave, kind of pattern that we've established for this hairstyle. Then we'll add some waves back there. A few more of those. Add some into the shadowy areas. Mm Okay. All right. That looks pretty good. So now we're going to do the same thing, but with a color that is a little bit lighter than middle gray to add kind of like highlight strokes. And I think we can turn off our sketch layer so we can really see what's going on, whether we need to make things darker or lighter. So let's go back to layer with the bangs, and I'm going to choose a color that's lighter than middle gray, and then try that out. So that seems really bright, so I'm not going to go that light. There we go. I just want to be nice and subtle. And we're going to do the same thing. Just kind of add some hairs following the direction of the hair. You can add a few extras like wherever there's kind of, like, the hair is in highlight. That looks good. Let's do the one with the buns. Oops. We'll add a few strokes of this lighter color. And then on the other side as well. Looks good. And this part, so we'll go to the next clipping mask layer. And that's going to be here. We'll add a few strokes of this lighter color. Don't need a lot. I feel like the darker lines do more of the heavy lifting, and then the lighter lines are kind of like an accent. And now we'll choose the one with the long flowing hair. So add some lines down there following our wave pattern. A few more into the highlighted areas. And then we'll do the same thing on the other side. Okay. I think this hair is looking pretty great. So it really only takes a few steps to make hair that looks not realistic. This is definitely a stylized type of hair, but it has, you know, the air of realism because we're adding shadows, we're adding highlights, we're giving dimension to it while still being this, like, fun, kind of stylized hairstyle. And this method works for all types of hairs. You just kind of change the shape. So if this was really, really curly hair, we'd have, like, really bubbly shapes, and we'd add lots of little, you know, kind of curvy stray lines to it for the stray hairs. And then all of our linework would, of course, be like curly bubbly kind of lines. So it's a really great method to add, like, some really fun hair to a character. So definitely keep experimenting with drawing different hair and different hairstyles, different colors and things like that. There's so many different possibilities when it comes to hair. Be sure to add this piece into your progress tracker. And in our next lesson, I'm going to teach you my quick method for drawing a full body character. I'll see you then. 38. No.39 - Character: Welcome to drawing number 39 of Kickstart. In this lesson, you're going to be putting so much of what you learned to work as you draw a full body character. I'm going to teach you my easy method for drawing cute characters, which starts with a simple rectangle that we build our entire character within. We're going to talk about body and facial proportions and how to make a character look more like a kid versus an adult. You're going to see during this process that it's going to start off looking kind of like a stick figure, but it's going to transform into something that's so much more. I'm so excited to see the characters that you draw. So let's get started. Let's create a new canvas for this piece. Tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. And we're going to start this piece with a sketch. So let's go to our brushes and choose the sketching pencil from the sample pack, and then we'll choose a dark gray as our color. And this quick method for drawing a full body character starts with drawing a rectangle. So we're going to sketch a rectangle which should look something like this. So about that size, and then we're going to divide it into thirds. So sketch a line across like that. This is defining the proportions of the body. So this is going to be the head. This is going to be the torso, and this is going to be the legs. Add one more line right below this top one, and that's going to be the space for the neck. Alright, let's zoom up to the top section. This is going to be the head, so we're going to fill it with a big circle. We're going to do a circle shaped head for this character. And then we're going to add a neck like that, skinny little neck. Then below that, we're going to draw a rectangle and this is going to be our torso. Then we're going to shape the torso just a little bit. We're just going to add lines from the neck to the edge of this rectangle to form shoulders like that. Now we're going to do the leg. So let's zoom down here. For this pose, we're going to have one leg that's just going straight down like that so you can sketch it all the way down. And then one leg is going to be kind of out to the side a little bit with the foot kind of turned up like that. And then this straight leg is going to have foot that's just going straight out to the side. And then for the arms, we're going to do kind of like a hands on hip situation. So we're going to draw kind of a triangular shape, leave a little bit of room right there, and we'll do the same thing on the other side. We'll leave a little room right there. Okay. So I like to draw the pose in kind of like stick figure legs like I did here, and then I'll add some thickness to them. So I'll start with these arms. I'm just going to draw kind of like a tapered shape, so it's a little bit wider up here by the shoulders. And then it also tapers down to where the hand would be. I'm just going to mark this edge a little bit more clearly. And then for the hand that's on the fist, we're going to draw a line that's pretty much horizontal. And then this kind of continues down, but angles in just a little bit more than the arm. So I'll do that same thing over here. So we're going to have a tapered shape for the top part of the arm and the bottom part of the arm, and then we have the fist coming straight in and then a line that goes in towards the body. Then for the legs, we're going to do the same thing. I'm just going to basically add some thickness on either side of this line, and the leg is overall going to be a tapered shape. Legs do have lots of curves and things to them, but we're going to do really simple character. Thicken up those legs. And then we're also going to define where the bottom of the shirt this character is going to wear is. So that's going to be about right here, and the rest is just going to be pants. You can also go ahead and draw on a neck line too and define where the edge of the sleeves are, but we're not going to get too much into sketching the clothes. You can also do the bottom of the pants, but that's probably good. Now let's focus on the head. So as I briefly explained in the last lesson, if you divide the head from top to bottom in half, this is about where the eyes would be. But that is on an adult. And since this character is more like a kid, it's actually going to be a little bit below center. So draw a line a bit below center, and this is going to be our eyeline for our character. So we can draw ears, starting from that line, like I mentioned in the last video. And then we can go ahead and put some eyes on it, too, and we're just going to do really simple dot eyes for this character. And then a cute little kind of button nose like that kind of pointing up. And then a little smile. We can make it kind of smirking a little bit. And then we'll kind of just define where the eyebrows are going to go. I think that. And then define where the hairline on your character is going to be just by kind of drawing that in. And then you can draw a hairstyle around that hairline. So I'm going to do a short hairstyle with, like, curly hair that kind of has a fade. So I'm going to define where the part is, which is going to be right here. And then I'm going to draw kind of scallopy shapes and do, like, a big puffy kind of hair like that. And then there's going to be a little bit on this side. And then the rest of the hair is going to kind of just be like a fade down to the ears. So it should look something like that. Maybe make it a little bigger right there. Now, I mentioned how proportions of a child are different than that of an adult. Like when I said, the eyes are a little bit lower down on a child's face than an adult. And the same is true of the body. If this were an adult, the head would be much smaller in relation to the size of the body. So that's why this is coming across as like a childlike character because the head is so big. It's about a third of the size of the whole body, whereas an adult is about the eighth of the size of the body. Don't worry about that too much right now, but just know that's why this is coming across as a kid. Well, I notice down here, I forgot to draw the feet, and I'm just going to do really simple triangle shapes for the feet. So that's what that's going to look like. So if there's any adjustments you want to make, I'm kind of making my arms a tiny bit thicker. They're looking a little thin, so here we go. So there's our little character sketch. Now we're going to move on to color. Go up to your layers and tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and then we're going to put this layer underneath our sketch. And then we're going to reduce the opacity of the sketch, tap the little N and move the slider down to 15 or 20%. And then let's go ahead and set our background color now. So tap into background color. And I'm going to do a green color for this background. So kind of in the almost yellowy greens, nothing too crazy, dark, so that's about where I'm at for the color. Now let's choose the brush that we're going to use to color all the main shapes of our character. We are actually going to choose a brush that is one of the built in brushes. Let's go ahead and find the drawing set. In the drawing set, there's a brush called Oberon. Go ahead and find Oberon. This brush has a really nice edge texture, and I think it'll be nice for this character to do something a little bit different than we've done before. God and chooseObern. Then let's go to our colors, and we're going to start by drawing some of the skin parts of the character. So we're going to pick a skin tone. I'm going to do a darker skin tone. I'm over here in reddish orange. And then I don't want to go like crazy saturated over on this side or like crazy crazy dark. I'm going to try and find something right in the middle. Then I can test out that color. I'm going to go a little bit more saturated and brighter. There, that's a really nice color. So I'm going to choose that. And I'm going to start by drawing the head. So I'm basically just going to use this brush, which right now my brush size is 6%, and I'm just going to trace around the outline of my sketch like this. And then color it in. This brush has some nice texture built into it. So we don't want to use color drop because then we would lose some of that texture. There we go. Then you can also do the ears. Draw over the ears. That's all we're going to put on this layer. Next, we're going to draw the body. So we're going to go up to our layers. We're going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer and the body layer is going to go beneath the head layer, drag it underneath. And we'll start by drawing the neck. So I'm going to do the neck and shoulders and then the arm as well. So I'm just kind of essentially coloring in the sketch. Make sure these are tapered shapes. Then I'll do the fist, which kind of comes out this way, like that. Then I'll do the same thing over here, draw the shoulder, and then the arms And I'm just checking to make sure they're about the same width, the arms on both sides. Okay, there's the arm on the other side, and then I'll draw in the fist. And then I'm also going to color in part of the body, but not the whole thing. If I know I'm going to be putting clothes on a character and I can see exactly where the shirt is because of my sketch, I don't have to color in all of the body. I'm just going to color on the skin that shows. So I'm going to zoom down to the feet now and draw the bottom of the legs and the feet. So I'm going to do the legs. Remember, our legs are tapered shape, so we'll make sure they're tapered. We'll do this side. And then for the feet, I'm just going to draw the top kind of edge of the feet. And then the rest, I'm going to, like, color in very haphazardly because we're going to use the eraser tool to erase that shape away and get nice pointee feet. Doing pointy feet is definitely an artistic choice. You know, there's so many different ways that you can draw people and decide how you're going to draw the feet and the hands and the head and all those different things. So I did that on both sides, and now we're going to tap and hold the eraser tool so that we can select Oberon as our eraser. And then just erase away the part of the foot we don't need. And this is a textured brush so you might see some leftover color, and you'll need to go over it a second time to really erase all of it. Here we go. I'll do the same thing over here. Go over that a second time and just erase. That's good. Then I just want to look at the two feet and make sure they both appear to be about the same size. I think I did pretty good there. That's all that I need to do on the layer with the body. Next, we can start drawing in the clothes. Let's go up to our layers and we're going to tap the plusin to create a new layer above the body layer, we'll start with the shirt. For the shirt, I'm going to choose white. Double tap close to white to choose white as a pure value. Then if you recall our T shirt lesson, drawing this is going to be a lot like that. So let's start by drawing over the shoulders and making the neck area a little bit bigger than it needs to be because I can go in and erase away the neck opening. And then I'm going to come down onto the arms and again, make them a little longer than they need to be so I can just erase to get the shape I want. Do the same thing over here. And then I'm going to do the whole side of the shirt, draw it a little longer than it needs to be, and then just color that in by hand. There we go. So there's the shirt. Now I can get my eraser tool and refine it. So I'll erase the bottom of the shirt like that and go over a second time if you need to. You could also choose a brush that's a little bit more solid and has less texture to do your erasing, but I like the texture of the eraser marks to match the texture of the brush. So there we go, and we'll do the neck opening. Oops. Here we go. And then this side. Trying to make my sleeves the same length. Looks good. Okay. So we've got our T shirt all done. Now we're going to do the pants, and we're going to put those on a separate layer. So go up to your layers, top the plus sign, and put this layer underneath the shirt. If you are going to do like a tucked in shirt, you would want the jeans on top of the shirt, but I'm going to do, like, the shirt on top of the jeans, so that's going underneath. And let's go to our colors and go into the blues, do a nice blue jean color. Like that. Be a little darker. Looks good. So that's the color that I'm going to choose. If you want to take a peek, here it is. And now we're going to do the pants. So for the pants, I'm just going again, just following my sketch, drawing them a little longer than I need them to be in the end, using the racer to create the ends, refine that shape. Then I'll draw across this way. The body doesn't naturally have that much space there, but I'm doing a stylized character, so I'm choosing to do it that way. Grab the eraser and then chop off the bottom of the pants. I'm also not doing shoes on this character just to keep it simple, but you could add shoes. But a cute little barefoot guy is pretty cute. There's my pants. Now we're going to move on to the top of our illustration, which is the head, and we're going to start with the hair. Tap your layer with the head and then tap the plus sign. We're going to put that on a layer above it. And then go into your colors and we're going to choose a nice dark brown for the hair. Not too saturated. You can always test it out. I think that color looks really nice. There's my color that I'm using. The cool thing about this brush, if you use it with a bigger brush size, it gets really soft and I think it will look really nice for this hair texture. I'm going to do 17% and use really light pressure and draw circular shapes to create the bubbliness of the curly hair. And go a little smaller if you need to with your brush size. You'll notice when you do really light pressure too, it is a little transparent and that's due to the way the brush is made. You might have to go over these areas a second time to make them a bit more opaque. There we go. And then we'll do the sides of the head, too, but I'm gonna go smaller with the brush size back to, like, 6%. So that way, I can be a little more precise with my strokes. There we go. It's always good to zoom out and see if you're liking the overall, you know, shape of the hair or if you want to, you know, make any part of it taller. I think it's looking pretty good so far. I love the texture this brush gets when you do really softly at a big size. All right. Like in the hair. Now we've pretty much got all the base shapes of this illustration. Now it's time to start adding our line details and texture and things like that. So let's start with the face of our character. Go to your layers, tap the layer with the head, and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to use this layer for our facial features. And we're going to switch to a different brush now. So go into your brushes. And then also in this drawing set that we're in, we're going to find a brush called Little Pine, which would be up at the top. This brush has a really fun texture, especially when you use it as a small size. So eye size is like 10%, and I think it complements the texture of the other brush really nicely. So that's what we're going to use. And then we're going to choose a black to do the facial features. So I'm just going to maybe go a little bit bigger with the brush size. I'm just going to color in the eye, kind of like an oval shape. There you go. And then for the nose, I'm going to do kind of a light pressure, heavy pressure, light pressure to get nice tapered line work. So for example, what I mean by that is if you do light pressure, heavy pressure, light pressure, you get these nice tapers. It's always good to practice pressure. It's a skill that you have to build up over time, being able to control the width of your lines with pressure. So that's what I'm going to be doing for the nose, and that's going to look something like this. And then I'm also going to do the mouth. That's going to be in the same way. This cute little smirk. And then also do the eyebrows, but I'm going to sample the hair color, so that way they match the hair color. And then finally, the last thing I'm going to do on this layer is a little bit of detailing on the ears. So for that, I'm going to sample the skin color, and then I'm going to go quite a bit darker and more saturated. Yeah, that looks pretty good. And then here's how I like to do my ears. So I like to draw a tiny line to kind of separate the ear from the head. And then I draw a little kind of, like, backwards C shape and then curve it back around towards the top, like that. Do that on the other side as well. So kind of draw a little line to separate from the head and then a little you know, that little flap part of your ear and then scoop it back around like that. Okay. And those are the ears. Now while I have this color, I'm going to add a little bit of shadows to the body. So let's go to the layer with the body, and we're going to turn on Alpha lock on that layer. So take two fingers and swipe to the right. And one of the most important shadows on a character on a person is the shadow underneath the head on the neck. The head sticks out, you know, way out over the neck. So there's always going to be a shadow there, and if you don't add it, it looks really weird. So I always make sure to add that shadow, and it usually looks something like this. It's just kind of like a curve like that. Then we can also add a few shadows under the shirt sleeves like that, draw a little shape like that. Then the same thing under the jeans, we can add a little shadow there. That just helps make things stand out a little bit better. Then while we have this color, we can also add some finger details, which we're not going to do a lot, but we'll just add a couple lines there to show that there are fingers there. We're not getting too crazy into detail with the hands, which is one of the reasons why I chose to do a fist instead of hands. Hands can be tricky, so we're just going to keep it simple for this character. All right. So at this point, we do not need our sketch anymore, so we're going to go ahead and turn that off. Go up to your layers menu and uncheck the sketch layer. But we do need a few more details. We're going to add a pattern to the shirt and some details to the pants and a few more details to the hair. So let's go to the layer with the shirt. And we're going to add the pattern with a clipping mask. Tap the plus sign, and on this new layer, tap it and choose clipping mask. And I thought we could do a striped shirt. You can use the stripe brush that we made back in the T shirt lesson. So if we go back to the sample pack, you should have your striped pattern brush there. And I thought we could do a yellow for the striped shirt. So adjust your brush size so that you get the size of stripe you want at like 30%. And then draw that over the whole T shirt. I'm gonna try that one more time. Might have to adjust even though I have my iPad screen completely horizontal, the stripes are tilting down a little bit. So you could always get your transform tool and just kind of rotate them so they match the angle of the shirt. Since the stripes are on a clipping mask, we can manipulate this layer. Like we could change it to vertical stripes if we wanted. And then if you remember, it looks really unnatural to have the stripes going that way on the sleeve. So we're actually going to get our eraser and erase away like where the arms would be, which should look something like that. And then tap the T shirt again and create a new layer, and that new layer will automatically be a clipping mask. And now we can rotate our sleeve this way, draw in our stripes, grab the eraser and just kind of erase the extra that you don't need, and then do the same thing on the other side. There we go, and then just a race where it's overlapping the shirt. There we go. Let's add a little bit detail to the pants. Go to lay with the pants and turn on Alpha lock. We'll do a two finger swipe to the right. And then let's go back to the little Pine Bush. Now, one thing I wanted to call to your attention if you're bouncing around between different brush sets as you're doing an illustration and it's just taking a lot of time, I wanted to mention the recent brush set. If you scroll all the way up to the top of your brush set list, there's a set called recent. If you tap that, you'll see your most recently used brushes. Here I can find the stripe pattern, the little pine Oberon, the sketching pencil, all the brushes that I've been using recently. And what's really cool about this is not only do you have all those brushes here together and I can just tap between them really easily, but you can also pin brushes here and create sort of like a brush set of your favorite brushes. So if I find that I'm using, you know, this ink a lot, I can actually swipe to the left on it and choose pin, and it will always remain in this set. So if I'm always using, you know, my sketching pencil, I can swipe to the left and choose pin, and it will always be there. So if you have, like, you know, five brushes from a few different sets that you're using consistently, this is a great way to kind of have them all in one set. Another cool thing is you can swipe to the left, and there's this find option. And if you tap that, it will take you right to the brush set that it's in. So there's some really cool stuff in that recent. Alright, so let's go to the recent set and I'll find the little pine brush that I was using before. And then I'm going to sample the jeans color and then just get a color that's a bit lighter than that. Maybe a little bit lighter. That's good. I'm going to use this to draw some simple pockets, just kind of like a curve like that, and then the little fly, where it buttons up, and then a little kind of seam or cuff line, as well as a line kind of going up the side that road present like the seam of the jeans. So that's looking good. And now let's focus our attention to the hair. So go to the layer with the hair and tap the plus sign to create a new layer. We're going to have a little bit of detail to the hair. So select the hair color, and you're going to choose a color that's a bit lighter, a little less saturated, too. Maybe that's too desaturated. Looks pretty good. And we're going to use this to add some really simple hair texture, and all that's going to look like is some little puffy lines, little loops that just to show that there's some texture happening there. Now, I feel like these lines are just a little bit too light maybe. I could do it again or you can go up to the adjustments menu, go to Hue Saturation Brightness and play around with them there. I could see what it looks like to make them less bright, more saturated, definitely not that. I think if I just darken them a little bit, maybe desaturate them a tiny bit, looks a little better. I just want them to look very subtle. Then if we were add to add just a tiny bit of shading to our hair, we learned in our last lesson, here's what that might look like. Go to the layer with the hair shape, turn on alpha lock. Let's sample the hair color and then choose a color that's a bit darker, more saturated, like that. Then find the brush we used to draw the hair, which would have been that Oberon brush. And maybe we'll do a bigger brush size. And I'm just going to add this darker color kind of to the underside of the hair. And then in a few places kind of here or there. When you're doing really, like, curly, coily hair, you think of that as, like, one shape, and you're kind of, like, shading the underside of that shape. And then also down here along the sides of the head, there'll probably be a little bit darker there as well. And then I'll go even darker, just right here on the sides of the head. Good. So that gives him just a little bit of dimension to his hair. Finally, I'm just going to add a little bit more to the face. So let's go to the layer with the head and turn on alpha lock, take a two finger and swipe to the right. And I thought he could use some rosy cheeks. I'm going to sample the skin color and then go to your color picker and just move it a little closer to red. And then you can try that color out and see if that would work for, like, a rosy cheek. I feel like that's pretty good. So I'm going to draw these big rosy cheeks for this character. Usually, I put them, right in the middle of the cheek, but it's kind of fun to try them, like, hanging off the edge like that. And we can even use this kind of rosy color a little bit on the nose like that. And then maybe just the tiniest bit of facial shading. So if I select the skin color, just go a little darker, a little more saturated, like that. You can maybe add some shadow under the brow, like that. Just a little bit. Under the hair because the hair would be kind of casting a shadow. It's usually shading, like, along the sides of the head. If you think back to our moon lesson, this is kind of where all this is coming from. Ad, you don't have to do too much, but it really makes a big difference, I think. The last thing I'm going to do on this piece is add a little background circle like we did for our bouquet because I think when you have a really simple subject like this, it's just like the subject on a plain background, adding something to frame it is nice. So let's create a new layer and move it underneath all the other layers. And then we'll select this green color and just choose a color that's darker, a bit more saturated. And then let's make the brush size really big. Maybe 100%. Yeah, let's do 100%. And then very lightly draw a circle so we get lots of nice edge texture to the shape that we're drawing. There we go. So I have this really beautiful textured kind of circle behind our character. If the circles looking too dark, you can always reduce the opacity of it to the little N. Be something like that. Or you could go to your hue saturation brightness and brighten it or darken it. But I think this little character is super cute, and you should definitely feel accomplished after this lesson. Drawing a character, a full body can be a little intimidating, but I hope this really simple method helped you see how simple it can be when you just use really basic shapes to kind of build your character. Let's add this piece to our progress tracker. I'm going to go to Actions menu, add Copy Canvas, exit to the gallery, open up the progress tracker, and let's do a swipe down with three fingers and paste and add this little guy down here. And this is a really exciting moment because we only have one more space to fill for this edition of Kickstart your creativity. In our next lesson, we're going to be putting so much of everything that we learned into practice, and you're going to get to draw something that is super personal because we are going to be drawing self portraits. Get excited, and I'll see you in the next lesson. 39. No.40 - Self Portrait: Hi. Welcome to our final lesson of kickstart your creativity, Volume two. Today, I have a very special project for you. You're going to be drawing a self portrait. This being our final lesson of the week. I've designed it to give you opportunity to add your own personal touches to it. And, of course, this being a self portrait, there are ample opportunities to do. Now, I don't want you to get too hung up on making it look exactly like you. You can think of this as more of a cartoonified version of yourself. Focus on getting things right like your skin color, your eye color, hair color, hair, style, and texture, and it's all going to come together. You're welcome to follow along with me and draw the character that I'm drawing, and then you can rewatch the lesson and create a character that looks more like you. This is also a great way to reinforce the skills that you're learning through repetition. Alright, if you're ready, let's jump in and draw some self portraits. And one last time for this course. Let's create a new Canvas, tap the plus sign in the upper right and choose the Kickstart course Canvas template. We are going to start by sketching today, so head into your sample pack and grab the sketching pencil. And then for your color, choose a dark gray. And we're going to draw a big circle that our face is going to be inside of. So let's go ahead and do that. You can use the quick shape tool if you want. Just fold down your pencil, tap ellipse, and then tap circle. And then you'll just want to center it as best you can. Probably about that size is good. We're going to use a couple layers to do our sketch today, go up to your layers and tap the plus nine to create a new one. For sketching the face, we're going to use the symmetry tool. Let's go up to our Actions menu, Canvas and turn on the drawing guide, and then we're going to go to Edit Drawing Guide and then tap over to symmetry. And then tap done. Start by sketching a circle. It's not the easiest to do with this mirroring on, but it does work. And then we're going to define the jaw line, so that's going to be something like that. Kind of think about what the shape of your jaw is and try to draw a shape like that. Let's define the eyeline, which is halfway from the top of the head to the chin. So that's going to be about right there. And then we can use that line to draw our ears like that. Next, we'll do the eyes. We're going to start a little bit below this midpoint line and then draw an arch shape like that. Then I like to make it a little rounder on this side, and then come back to the starting point. There's the eye shape. And now we're going to define our iris, so we're going to use quick shape for that. Draw a circle, hold down, and then tap the screen somewhere else. Let go, and then tap up here where it says circle. And now we can move it into position. Remember, we don't want too far out or too far in the middle, somewhere where it appears like it's in the center of the eye, right there. And then the top of the eye should be cut off a little and have a little space underneath like that. And then you can add a pupil in the middle. You can use quick shape to do that, or you can just free hand it. There you go. If you want to, you can erase the top part of this. There you go. All right let's define our eyebrows, we're just going to sketch in an eyebrow shape, and that's going to come down to the nose as well. The nose is about right here, we're just going to draw a basic shape for the nose. This is not going to be the final thing. We're going to do the nose in a different way, but this is just to show us where it is, and then we're going to do a nice smile. Again, that's just another placeholder. We're also going to define where our hairline is going to be. Go ahead and draw that in. You can draw in bit darker if you need to. Now we're going to come down here and do the neck and shoulders. I go to come down that way, like that. That's all we're going to do with the symmetry mode. The rest of the sketch, we're going to do on another layer with symmetry turned off. Just go up your layers and tap the plusign to create a new layer. So I'm going to define where the part of this hairstyle is going to be. I'm going to do it over here. And I'm going to have hair that's kind of like swooping over and then kind of goes in front of the face a little bit. So I'll do this side of the hair first, kind of have it come around and then wave down like that, and it goes behind the shoulder. But this one I want to come in front of the shoulder. So I'm going to start by having the hair. Oh, and then we have to draw the hair that goes in front of the head, too, like that. And then the hair on this side is going to go down, but then it's kind of go up and over and kind of swoop down over the face like that. And then this side's going to come up off the head a little bit, go around. And then make a little wave. Then I can connect back to this hair. I can add a couple little marks like that to show that the hair is kind of separated a little bit. But I think that's pretty good for the hair. On this layer, I'm also going to define the way that I'm actually going to do the nose, which is going to be something like this instead of what I drew before. So just kind of mark that in. And then I think we're ready to move on to color. Merge the two the hair and the face layer together. Then if you want to, you can move it a little higher or recenter it within your circle. I think that looks pretty good right there. And then you can merge all those layers together, pinch them all together. Tap a little N and reduce the opacity, create a new layer, and move it underneath your sketch layer. We're going to start by drawing the face shape. Let's go into our brushes now, we're going to use the inker brush with the streamline feature just so we can get really nice smooth lines. So go ahead and choose the ink streamline version. And then you can choose your skin tone. I'm going to choose kind of a medium skin tone for this one, like that. That's good. And I'm going to start by drawing the head. I'm just going to trace over my sketch like this and then fill it with color drop, draw my ears. And then I'm going to do the neck. So we're going to create a new layer and put this layer below the head. Draw the neck. And then we're just going to close that shape off at the bottom like this and then also close it up here under the chin, and then we can fill that with color drop. And now let's do the hair. Let's start by creating a new layer above the head layer, the face and then choose your hair color. I'm going to do the hair is going to look like almost black. But if you want to do black hair, make sure not to choose completely black black because you won't be able to add any shadow. So I'm going to do, like, a really dark blackish brown. That's good. And then I'm going to do then I'm going to do this side over here, the hair that kind of goes over the face. Got. I'm just doing one side of the hair for now. And then here I'm going to kind of draw these Vs just to kind of break up this edge a little bit. And then go ahead and drop in your color. And then while we're here, we can also add some stray hairs. You might want to make your brush side a little bit smaller if it's too big. Do a couple there, maybe some kind of coming in between here. That looks good. You don't need to add a lot to it. And now we're going to do the hair that goes behind the head. So we're going to create a new layer. So let's draw this side first, and go all the way down kind of below the shoulders. And then on this side, I want you to just kind of color in this whole shape like that and fill that in. It's gonna look really weird, but don't worry. And then also color in this little spot here, fill that with color. Okay, trust the process. We're going to move this layer behind the shoulders layer. Okay? So we're getting somewhere, so the hair is going behind the head and shoulders. And then so that the hair looks like it's, you know, behind the shoulders, but in front of the head, we're just going to use a mask to mask away part of this head. So tap the layer with the head and then choose mask from the menu. And then grab your eraser brush, and you're just going to erase Oops. Let's use the inker streamline for this. So use your eraser brush and just erase the part of the head away where the hair would be like this. And you're not actually erasing anything. You're just hiding that part with the mask. So if you ever decide to change the hair or something later, you can always go back. Let's go back to the layer with the back here and just add a few stray hairs Doops with the brush. Add a few stray hairs to this as well. There we go. And now let's start doing our facial features. So let's tap the layer with the face and then tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and we'll start with the eyes. I'm going to choose white for the eye color for the eye shape. And then I'm just going to trace over this. I'm gonna simplify the shape a little bit, kind of make it a little bit more ovulish. Do the same thing over here. When I use the symmetry tool, I like to sketch with it and then draw free hand, and then everything just feels like it has a bit more character, like it was drawn by hand. So those will be the eye shapes, and then we're going to add the iris and the pupil. Tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and this is going to be a clipping mask, so we're going to tap it and choose clipping mask. Then we're going to choose our eye color. I'm going to do brown eyes. Go ahead and draw the iris. On both sides. Tap the plus sign again and make this a clipping mask. Tap and choose clipping mask, and now we can draw the pupils. You can get like an almost black and draw the pupils. And then create a new layer. And on this layer, we're going to choose white, and we're going to add a little highlight to each of the eyes. Like that. And then we're also going to use this layer to draw kind of an eyeliner, so you can get, like, a dark brown works well for this. And then draws a little bit smaller with the brush eyes. I'm at 18%. Maybe even smaller than that. 13. And then draw kind of an eyeliner like that. And then we can also draw the eyebrows. So let's sample the hair color, and we can draw eyebrows. I'm gonna go a little bit bigger with my brush so that I can do kind of heavy pressure and then light pressure as I go back towards the side of the head, so that looks something like that. So I'll do whoops. So I'll do heavy pressure here and kind of lighten pressure to make the brow shape. And now I'm going to do the nose and the mouth, but I'm going to put those on a different layer. So I'm going to tap the plus sign to create a new layer, and I'm going to put this layer underneath the eyebrow layer. And sometimes it'll do this where if you put it next to a clipping mask, it decides it also wants to be a clipping mask, but I don't want it to be a clipping mask, so just tap it and uncheck clipping mask. And I'm going to do the nose. I'm going to sample the skin color, and then I'm just going to get a darker, more saturated version to draw the nose. That should work. Then I'm just going to do, like a simplified nose like that. Think about the shape of your nose and kind of try to match it. And now let's do the mouth. So we're going to choose our lip color. Maybe a little darker. That's good. So for the mouth, we're going to kind of draw where the opening of the mouth would be, and then a small shape, like a small curve on top for the top of the mouth. Then one that's a little bit bigger for the bottom of the mouth should look something like that. Then I'm going to turn on alpha ac on this layer and make the top lip just a little bit darker. So I'm going to choose a darker, more saturated version and color in the top of the lip and this kind of, like, line that's poking out the sides. It can be in this darker color. There we go. All right. All right. I'm going to turn off Alpha lock now. And I'm going to also do the ears. So I'm going to choose the same color that I use for the nose. And so for the ears, I'm going to draw a little line here. Kind of separate the ear from the head. And then for this ear, I'm going to do it a little more detailed than the ones I did for that last character. You can draw a line here for that part of your ear that folds over and then draw the little kind of little part that sticks out. And then a line that kind of goes up like that. That's another way to do an ear. All right. Let's start to add a little bit of shading to this now. So let's go to the layer with the face, and we're going to turn on Alpha lock so we can two fingers swipe to the right on that. And then we still have this darker color selected that we're using for all these features, so we can use that for shading. Let's choose the soft shading brush from the sample pack. And then we're going to add a little bit of shading here under the brow, like that. And then also on this side. We're going to add a little shading below the mouth. Kind of like that above the chin. G add a little bit under the nose, not a lot, really lightly. No more time. And then we're going to add a little bit of shading on the side of the head here. I'm just doing it really lightly here. And then a little bit on this side, especially because this hair would be kind of casting a little bit of a shadow under the hairline. Looks pretty good. If you ever want to undo your shading, you can always sample the base color and paint some of it away or you can soften it up a little bit that way. Let's add a little bit of rosiness to our cheek, you can sample the base color and then go into the reddish color. Kind test that out. That usually works just making it more red. But sometimes you need to make it lighter or darker to get a nice blush color. So you can softly paint in a rosy cheeks. Then you can add a little rosiness to the nose because that's naturally a little pinkish. It's looking too pink, maybe go a little closer to orange. Yeah, it looks good. Then let's add some shading under the chin. So I'll sample that color, choose a darker, more saturated version, and then go to the layer with the neck and turn on Alphaloc. Then we'll add a bit of shading under the chin. It's okay for that to be kind of dark because that's kind of where one of the darkest shadows would be. Okay. It's looking pretty good. I'm going to actually maybe we can turn our sketch off now. Let's go ahead and uncheck this sketch and get a really good idea of how things are looking. I'm really liking it so far. And then we can also turn off the drawing guide. If this line is, like, bothering you, go up to the Actions menu canvas and then toggle off the drawing guide. Looks good. I think we could probably use a line for her eyelids, since we kind of shaded it that way, but you don't have to have that line, but I'm going to go layer with the nose and just use that color, I think, go back to the inker brush. Yeah, I think that looks good. So if you want, you can add a lid line, but it's totally up to you, what kind of details you want to add in your people illustrations, whether you decide you want to have that, be a part of it or not. She's looking pretty good so far. Alright, let's start to work on the hair. So let's go to the layer with the hair that's in front, the one on this side, and we're going to turn on alpha lock on that layer and sample the color here. And if you think back to our hair lesson, we're going to add a little bit of shading and then add some linework on top of that. So let's go back to our soft shading brush. We're gonna do our shading with that. And since she has kind of wavy hair, we're going to a little bit smaller. Oh, we're going to sample this color and then choose a much darker. This time, it's almost going to be black for the shadow. She has such dark hair. And then we're going to kind of shade the underside of these waves like this the underside of this kind of curl. Also in her part, that would be shaded. Kind of the hair under here, where swoops over. Yeah. Looking good. And then we'll add some shading to this part of the hair. So let's find that layer, which is down here at the bottom. You can turn on alpha lock. And then shade the underside of each of these little waves like that behind the neck for sure, especially this one back here, that's going to be really dark. So make sure to shade that little area. And that's pretty good. We don't need a lot of shading for this. Now we get to add those line details to our here, so we're going to use a clipping mask and the overlay blend mode to do that. So tap the plus sign, tap the new layer, choose clipping mask, and then go to little N and choose the overlay blend mode. And then we're going to keep using the Inker brush, the streamlined version. So we'll start with our dark lines. Remember, when we use overlay, we're going to choose a color that's a little bit darker than middle gray and a little bit lighter. So double tap to choose middle gray, and then just go a bit darker, and then you can test it out and see. Make sure you can see that. Oh, you know what? I also need to, like, darken the part right there. So I'm just going to go do that really quick. I'm gonna go back to that layer. We've got to add a little bit of shading in the part. There we go. We go even darker. Good. Okay. Let's try that again. So I'm going to go to middle gray, get a color that's a bit darker. Make sure I have my ink streamline brush. Okay, that looks good. So now we're just going to use that brush to kind of draw some lines to kind of define the texture and direction of the hair. We've got one that kind of comes down here by the ear. Okay. That's good. And let's do a color a little bit lighter than middle gray. So that's good. We'll try that out. Maybe a little bit lighter than that. That's pretty good. And then we'll add some strokes of this lighter color, especially here in the highlights. You'd really see that lighter color even more. Only need a few of these. Looks great. Okay, we're going to do the same thing on this layer of our hair. So tap it, tap the plus sign, tap the new layer, choose clipping mask, go to the N and choose overlay. And then for the color, we're going to go darker than middle gray first. That's good. Okay, so for this one, we have a hair that kind of, like, comes down and swoops around like that. So I'm going to start with that. Let me do that again. So it kind of comes down and swoops so add your lines to kind of define your hair. Maybe you don't need a ton of them. Maybe we have some lines that kind of go like that. Show that the hair kind of swoops over on itself a little bit. Alright, that looks good. Now let's get a lighter gray. That color looks great. So now we're going to add some lines, especially like here in the highlights. Okay. All right. Let's do the eyes a little bit. We're going to add a little bit of shading to the eyes. So zoom in on to the eyes. Let's find the layer with the Iris, we're gonna turn on Alpha oc. Swipe to the right with two fingers. Let's choose the soft shading brush and then sample the eye color. And remember how eyes are a little bit darker around the edge. So we're going to kind of shade the dark area around. Or if that's hard to kind of shade the outside, you could just color the whole thing in dark and then get a lighter color and just color in the middle like that. That's probably a little bit easier. It looks really nice. Okay, that's good for the eyes. The other thing that if you recall, eyes have a little bit of a shadow underneath the eyelid, kind of cast onto the eye. So whenever I do eyes, I always try to add that in. So let's tap the layer with the pupils and then tap the plus sign, and then tap that and choose clipping mask. And then we're going to tap the N here, and we're going to choose multiply because we want it to have a darkening effect. So choose multiply, and then we're going to do a light gray. We can kind of try that out. What brush do I have right now? I have the shading brush, so I'm going to just shade the corners of the eyes a little bit just to give them a little dimension. So I'm just shading in the corners of the eyes. Eyes are round, so they do have shading to make them round. Then I'm going to switch back to the inker brush, and I'm going to use that to add a harsh, like a hard shadow cast by the eyelid. That should look something like that. Looks really nice. Let's give her a shirt, shall we? I'm going to also turn on this sketch one more time because we're going to draw our background circle. So go ahead and turn your sketch back on. But before we draw our background, we're going to tap the layer with the shoulders. Tap the plus sign, and we'll do a clipping mask for this. So that way, it's, like, within the shape of her shoulders. Tap it and choose Clipping mask. Now, you get to choose a shirt color. I'm gonna do kind of a green color for the shirt. And with the inker brush, you can just draw a neckline like I'm go a little lighter. Be a little whiter. And then just draw a closed shape like this. Just make sure it's a closed shape, and then you can fill it with color drop or you can color it in by hand. And now we're going to do our background circle. So let's create a new layer, and we're going to put it underneath all the other layers. And then we're going to choose a color. So you can think about your favorite colors or maybe a color that complements the shirt, goes well with it. I'm going to choose a teal. We'll see how that, that looks good. I like that. And then you can draw your circle using quick shape. So just draw circle shape and hold your pencil down, and then we're going to let go and tap ellipse up here, tap over to circle, and then we can resize it, so it goes with where we wanted it to be in our sketch, and then fill with color drop. Now, we want the shoulders to kind of look like they're inside the circle. So we can use a layer mask to kind of mask away that part of the shoulders. Here's how we do that. Tap this circle. Tap select. It's going to select that shape of the circle and then go back to your layers and tap the layer with the shoulders. Tap it again and from the menu, choose mask. And it's going to create a mask using that circle shape, so it's going to hide whatever's not within that selection, essentially. Alright, let's turn off our sketch again. We don't need that. And then let's go to the background color. Then we can chos a background color. I'm going to choose kind of like a lighter teal, I think. Something like that. I have the selection tool on, so I'm gonna turn that off. There we go. And I'm liking that color. Looks good. And then I have one more little fun detail for this piece just to kind of make it seem a little bit more special and celebratory. We're going to tap to create a new layer, and this layer is going to go right in front of the circle layer, okay? So right there. And then we're going to draw with the selection tool now. So go to your selection tool, and we're going to tap to create kind of a starbr shape. So we're going to tap here, and then tap up and then back down. And then we'll kind of go over a little bit and then tap back in behind the head and then tap out. So we're kind of creating this fun like Starburst kind of shape. So go all the way around adding these fun shapes. Do one more. Then we're going to fill this with a color and we're going to choose just a nice bright yellow and fill that in, and that's really intense. We're going to do a couple of things. We're going to tap the N on this layer. I'm going to go out selection mode. Tap the N, and we're going to set the blend mode to add. That has a really intense lightening effect. We're going to actually turn the opacity down now. And that yellow is going to kind of mix with these bluish greens and it just creates this really nice color. So reduce the opacity until it's just visible enough. I'm out like 12%, and I think that looks really nice. And I might brighten up my background a little bit. There we go. Looks good. All right. Now, the only thing I might tweak here is I feel like her smile could be a little more smiley, so I'm going to go to the layer with the lips, and I'll just use the liquefy tool under the adjustments menu, and we'll use a push feature, and we can kind of just kind of push the corners of the mouth up a little bit to create a little bit more of a smile. Yeah. We want to look nice and happy in our portraits. And with that, we are all finished with this super fun self portrait project. I am so excited to see what you created. Let's go ahead and add this into our progress tracker. So I'm going to do a three finger swipe and choose copy all. Then we'll open up our progress tracker. Swipe down with three fingers and choose paste. And then put it into position down here. Yay. Such an exciting moment. Our Progress tracker is all filled up with beautiful artwork. I'm so excited to see what your progress tracker looks like. Definitely take a moment right now to admire everything. You should be super proud of yourself. In the next video, we are going to reflect on everything that we've done in Kickstart your Creativity Volume two. And then I'll give you some tips about where you can take your creative practice from here. I'll see you in the next video. 40. Week 8 - Reflect & Share: Congratulations on all your hard work drawing people this week and for making it to the end of Kickstart volume two. I know this week involved a lot of pushing yourself out of your comfort zone, which can be a little bit scary, but you should be really, really proud of yourself. You learned so many things this week, including how to draw from reference photos, how to observe value in your artwork. You learned how to draw facial features to depict the different emotions. You learned how to draw hair, which is no easy feat. You drew an entire full body character from top to bottom, and you focused on yourself a little bit drawing a self portrait. I hope you're excited to take the skills that you've learned this week and keep experimenting with drawing people. Now that we've reached the end of the week and the end of the course, it's time to do a little bit of reflection. And since we are at the end, I really encourage you to take some time, grab a journal, and write a few things down. Let's start by reflecting on this week's lessons. Do you feel more confident about drawing people at the end of this week than you did at the beginning? What aspects of drawing people do you want to continue to work on? Then looking back on the entire course, what moments or lessons do you feel were most impactful in building your skills? How has your confidence as an artist grown since starting this course? In what ways do you see your creative practice changing or evolving after completing this course? And where do you want to take it from here? On over to the Projects and Resources tab of the Skill Share Class page and edit your project one final time. Replace your progress tracker with your fully completed version and post your favorite Illustration from People Week. And since we're at the end of the course, I would love to read about some of your insights and reflections from the course as a whole. You could talk about some of the favorite things that you learned. You can share the reflection questions, and you could talk about where you hope to go from here. I can't wait to check in on your progress, see your beautiful artwork and read your insights and reflections. Up next, I'm going to share some tips and advice for some things you can do to support your creative practice now that the course is done. I'll see you in the next video. 41. Beyond Kickstart Vol.2...: Congratulations again on finishing Kickstart your creativity Volume two. You should be so proud of yourself for completing all 20 of these new lessons. Now that you're finished with this course, you might be wondering where to go from here. By now, you have eight weeks of building your creative practice under your belt. So you're off to a really good start for keeping things going. I mentioned this at the end of Kickstart Volume one, but I have a really great resource to help your creative practice thrive. And that is making art every day. Making art every day is a series of daily drawing prompts, tutorials, and motivation to help you nurture your creative practice. Month, we pick a theme, and there's a drawing prompt for every single day of the year. I've been writing this drawing challenge since 2019, making this our seventh year of making art every day. We've done so many fun themes over the years, like nature, food, travel, fashion, buildings, people, characters. The list goes on and on. I send out a weekly newsletter every Sunday with the week's drawing prompts and related tutorials and other resources that might help you out with your art making that week. Can also access the prompts at making rtverday.com, where you'll find the entire month's prompts along with links to related reference photos. So every day when you're ready to draw, just head to making rtverday.com, tap the prompt, check out the reference photos and start drawing. Also on this page, you'll find a link to download the monthly drawing journal, which helps you plan out your month of art making, and you'll also find a section with tutorials related to that month's drawing prompts. And remember, you don't have to draw every single day to be a part of Making Art every day. The goal is to make creativity a part of your everyday life, so it becomes a regular thing for you. I also run a membership called Art Makers Club, which is a joy filled creative community and learning hub for digital art makekers. There we host live tutorials every month. We have a whole library of courses. We have a ton of brushes that are just exclusive to the club, and so much more. Plus, we have the most amazing community of art makeers for you to share your work with, connect, get feedback, and just have a good time with. Becoming a member is a great way to keep your creativity going month after month. Learn more at rtmakersclub.com. Wherever your creative journey takes you next, don't forget to remember how far you've come. What you've built isn't just a collection of drawings. It's proof of your dedication, your growth, and your creativity. What you've built isn't just a collection of drawings. It's proof of your growth, your dedication, and your creativity. This is only the beginning. Keep exploring, keep creative and keep sharing your unique voice with the world. The greatest achievement in your creative journey is the confidence to keep going. You've already started something so special. Don't stop now. Until we meet again, happy art making and stay creative.